Sei sulla pagina 1di 212

archival

sourcebook
2009/10
TERMS & CONDITIONS WELCOME TO OUR 2009/10 SOURCEBOOK

SUITABILITY FOR USE


Every care is taken to maintain the highest
In 2007 we extended our warehouse, which allows us to
standard of quality. Preservation Equipment Ltd
wish to make it clearly understood that it is the
stock the most comprehensive range of conservation and
users responsibility to ensure that the goods
purchased are suitable for the intended purpose.
archival supplies anywhere in the world.
No guarantee is given or implied that any product
we supply is fit for any particular purpose. Our
liability is strictly limited to the invoice value of
the items concerned.
Our thanks as always go to University Products Inc and
PRODUCT CODING SYSTEM Lineco Inc along with other suppliers with whom we have
A coding reference number exists for all products.
To avoid delay in order processing the product exclusive arrangements.
code number must be supplied.
CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS
We will allow credit to most archives, museums,
libraries, colleges, universities, and other public
You will see a number of products now under the PEL
institutions. Private institutions and business firms
are also invited to open accounts with appropriate
brand, this ensures true archival quality products that
credit references. professional conservators expect from us.
PRICES
Prices are subject to revision without notice and
are exclusive of V.A.T. Our sales office will confirm
all current prices upon request. We continue to develop new products with the guidance,
PAYMENTS
Cash with order, except for recognised institutions
advice and research from the many institutions with whom
and approved accounts. Payment must be in
£Sterling with all bank charges paid. We do accept
we work closely. The “Just In Case Case” a kit for disaster
credit cards. Overseas payments to be made in £
Sterling with all bank charges paid, via direct mail
preparations is just one of them.
transfer to:
HSBC Bank, Howardsgate, Welwyn Garden City,
Hertfordshire, AL8 6BH, England. The PEL website www.preservationequipment.com and
Preservation Equipment Ltd. www.pel.eu offers online purchasing and keeps you
Account Number: 81285165.
Sort Code: 40-46-08. up-to-date with the latest products.
IBAN: GB03MIDL40460881285165.
VAT is chargeable to E.C. customers unless your
VAT number is supplied. No VAT is chargeable on
exports outside of the European Community. Finally, thank you for your loyal custom, we look forward
PEL VAT No. GB 491 0421 69.
to continuing to serve you.
CREDIT CARDS
We accept Visa, MasterCard and Switch.
SHIPMENT CLAIMS
Claims for damage caused in transit and incorrect
Cliff Gothorp
deliveries must be in writing within 3 days of
delivery to facilitate co-ordination with freight
Managing Director
companies.
RETURNED GOODS
No goods will be accepted for return without prior
authorisation. When goods have been incorrectly
ordered and if returned a 15% handling charge
will be made. No returned goods will be credited
unless in perfect condition.
WARRANTY
We supply products made by various manufacturers.
The warranty of the product will be as the
guarantee policy of the manufacturer.
ORDERING PROCEDURES
By post, telephone, fax or email to:
Preservation Equipment Ltd, Vinces Rd,
Diss, Norfolk. IP22 4HQ.
Tel: 01379 647400/Overseas: +44 1379 647400.
Fax: 01379 650582/Overseas: +44 1379 650582. Sole EU Importer of
sales@preservationequipment.com University Products Inc.
and Lineco Inc.
CARRIAGE & HANDLING CHARGES
Minimum charge on all orders for one parcel UK
Mainland £9.00, each extra parcel £5.00.
Large Heavy shipments & exports at cost.

www.preservationequipment.com

3
 Storage Document Cases

A word about paper conservation

A Few Simple Steps


The deterioration of paper is caused by many factors, perhaps the most significant of which are the kinds of materials and
chemicals used in the paper making process. Wood pulp papers usually contain lignin and alum-rosin sizing which form
damaging acids over a period of time. Under prolonged exposure to ultraviolet light and oxygen, paper fibres break down,
causing discolouration and embrittlement. Additional damage may be caused by dust, dirt, mould, insects and rodents. You can
institute sound basic conservation techniques by using some simple environmental controls and safe storage materials.

Keep Away From Extremes


Avoid excessive or fluctuating heat and humidity conditions. A cool, dark and dry storage area is ideal. A relative humidity
of approximately 50% (see index for humidity measuring devices) with a temperature of 68˚ F (+/- 2.5 ) is desirable for
most general collections. Normally, this would exclude most basements and attics. The area should be clean and free of insects
and rodents. If natural light or fluorescent light is necessary, an ultraviolet filtering material should be used, (see these and our
UV filtering fluorescent lamps in our Tools & Equipment section).

Choose the Right Enclosures


Choose proper storage containers for your documents, papers, books, maps, etc. A wide selection is available depending upon
the type of material to be stored and how often the material is used or accessed. Read through our catalogue to acquaint
yourself with the many options available. All storage boxes, folders, etc. should be acid-free with an 8.5 pH where possible and
have a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. In addition, all materials should be free of groundwood and lignin when possible.
The storage container must be designed to provide physical support and stability while protecting your materials from adverse
chemical reactions. Boxes and folders should be comfortably filled, never stuffed. Each item must be supported, and metal
staples and paper clips removed. Store only “like-sized” documents and papers together, and only in archival quality file folders,
envelopes or archivally safe “see through” enclosures like Mylar® “D” or Melinex. These can then be stored in document cases
or archival quality cartons. Avoid placing more than a dozen sheets together in one enclosure, and then use interleaving sheets
between each item. These interleaving sheets reduce the risk of the acids from one individual document affecting
the adjacent ones. In fact, the 3% calcium carbonate buffered sheets will resist acid absorption from adjacent material. Maps,
newspapers, books, pamphlets and other oversized materials should be interleaved and stored flat in appropriate containers.

Benefits of Metal Edge Boxes


The metal corners remove the need for adhesives which may dry out or off gas. Boxes can be stacked even when empty due to
the strength of the metal edge. Archives have been using them for over thirty years and are now seen as the best type of box
for archival storage and handling.

Box sizes are internal measurements.

Removes the stress in creasing and the frustration


in trying to assemble die cut boxes that pop open

DATE
NAME
ION OR
, SU BDIVIS
BY NUMBER
TAKEN
DATE

 File-Out Cards  Document Case Spacer Board


Archivally safe “File-Out” cards to mark your files when A corrugated spacer board designed by the National Archives to keep file folders standing up straight when a document case
removing items for reference, exhibits or refiling to other is not full. This strong, lightweight corrugated blue-gray board is acid-free, lignin-free, and buffered with a 3%
locations. Made of 450gsm acid-free, lignin-free folder stock calcium carbonate buffer. Each board is 8" high x 21-1/4" wide with 5 score lines at each end of the board at one inch
and pre-printed in green with “File-Out” information spaces. intervals to allow the board to be folded to fit either letter or legal size boxes.
Price per package of 25. Price per package of 5 boards.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price Product Code size (mm) wt Price
727-9511 Letter 298 x 248 0.68kg £19.95 613-0821 203 x 540 0.41kg £10.85
727-1485 Legal 375 x 248 0.82kg £24.85 note: 5 score lines 25mm

4 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Document Cases Storage 

Standard Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price


Blue-Grey
 Reinforced Document Cases Exterior,
735-2210
735-2510
12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5”
12.25” x 10.25” x 5”
(311 x 260 x 64mm)
(311 x 260 x 127mm)
364g
455g
£4.75
£4.90
PEL offers a choice of either our standard Document Case white interior
735-5210 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (387 x 260 x 64mm) 455g £4.95
(blue-grey outside, white inside) or our lignin-free solid tan
735-5510 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” (387 x 260 x 127mm) 500g £5.15
board which is made completely of lignin-free cellulose fibres
735-5512 15.50” x 12.50” x 5” (394 x 318 x 127mm) 955g £7.20
for both purity and strength. Both boards are acid-free with a
pH of approximately 8.5 and are buffered with approximately
3% calcium carbonate to retard the effects of migrant acidity. Lignin-free Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price
Tan Document 801-2210 12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (311 x 260 x 64mm) 364g £7.40
The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thickness Cases
board and metal-edged construction make these boxes your 801-2510 12.25” x 10.25” x 5” (311 x 260 x 127mm) 500g £6.50
best choice for lasting protection. Pull strings are included on 801-5210 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (387 x 260 x 64mm) 455g £7.45
the 5" deep boxes in both letter and legal size. Box sizes are 801-5510 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” (387 x 260 x 127mm) 909g £7.45
inside dimensions. Price each. 801-5512 15.50” x 12.50” x 5” (394 x 318 x 127mm) 955g £10.30

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 5


 Boxes Archival

 Drop Front Print Storage Boxes


PEL offers you a choice in Drop Front Storage Boxes. Great
for prints, photos, music, pamphlets, and letters, these
boxes will also accommodate our Perma/Dur® Envelopes.
Our standard box is made of sturdy Perma/Dur® board with
a blue-grey exterior and a white interior. We also offer a tan
lignin-free box. This board is made of bleached fibres, with
Lignen-Free Tan
light-fast non-bleeding dyes. The absence of lignin in the
board and the presence of calcium carbonate as a buffer
produce a superior box. It is estimated that under proper
storage conditions the lignin-free board remains durable
and usable in excess of 500 years. Stackable for easy
storage. Both boards are 1.5mm thick and metal-edged for
stacking strength. Drop Front is on the long dimension of
each box. Price each.

Standard Blue-Grey Exterior, White Interior


Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price
733-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 0.36kg £4.70
733-9123 12.5” x 9.5” x 3” (318 x 241 x 76mm) 0.41kg £4.95
733-1215 12” x 15.5” x 3” (305 x 394 x 76mm) 0.55kg £5.55 Lignin-Free Tan Unbuffered 40pt (1000gsm)
733-1015 15” x 10.5” x 3” (381 x 267 x 76mm) 0.55kg £6.60 Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price
733-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 0.55kg £6.20 800-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 0.36kg £6.20
733-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 0.73kg £9.20 800-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 0.55kg £7.15
733-0211 20.5” x 16.5” x 1.5” (521 x 419 x 38mm) 0.82kg £9.65 800-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 0.73kg £9.85
733-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 0.86kg £9.95 800-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 0.82kg £11.65
733-0221 24.5” x 20.5” x 1.5” (622 x 521 x 38mm) 0.95kg £10.30
733-2024 24.5” x 20.5” x 3” (622 x 521 x 76mm) 1.09kg £11.55 Note: Unbuffered lignen-free tan boxes can be found on page 16

 Newspaper Storage Boxes


These large boxes store maps, prints, newspapers or any large size item which should be
 Newspaper Polyester L-Velopes stored flat. Manufactured of acid-free, blue/grey, Perma/Dur® archival quality buffered board
PEL offers polyester pockets to fit each newspaper storage box. The pockets are sealed on two in 1.5mm thickness and lined with heavy, white, lignin-free bond for extra protection of
adjacent sides (known as L/Velopes) this allows easy access and removal of the newspaper for contents. Metal-reinforced edges for greater strength. Completely telescoping top gives the
research. The 75 micron archival quality polyester contains no adhesives, is glass clear, acid- stacking strength of two thicknesses. Boxes are available from stock in six standard sizes;
free, providing the best protection for newspapers. however, special sizes for particular requirements can be made in minimum of 200 boxes
Inquire for details.
L-Velopes are ideal for items that are handled frequently, two adjacent sides open for ease of Price each.
use. Price for package of 25 L-Velopes. See pages 42/43 for other sizes of polyester enclosures.
Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price
Product Code Size Fits Box Wt Price 732-1522 15” x 22” x 2” (381 x 559 x 51mm) 0.82kg £8.20
565-1522 370 x 550mm 732-1522 1.08kg £37.50 732-1503 15” x 22” x 3.5” (559 x 381 x 89mm) 1.00kg £10.25
565-1813 450 x 320mm 732-1813 0.75kg £29.70 732-1813 18” x 13” x 3” (457 x 330 x 76mm) 0.86kg £8.15
565-1925 470 x 625mm 732-1925 1.55kg £49.50 732-1925 19” x 25” x 2.5” (483 x 635 x 64mm) 1.09kg £10.15
565-2243 514 x 616mm 732-2243 1.64kg £55.00 732-2243 20.5” x 24.5” x 3” (521 x 622 x 76mm) 1.23kg £11.50
565-2331 575 x 775mm 732-2331 2.35kg £72.00 732-2331 23” x 31” x 3” (584 x 787 x 76mm) 1.41kg £16.85

6 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Archival Boxes 

Sturdy & easy to assemble


shipped flat to reduce shipping
& storage costs.

 Ready to Assemble Document Cases (Blue/Grey Corrugated Design Cases)


Provide safe, long term protection for your documents, family records, books etc. These file boxes are constructed of our heavy-duty 600gsm corrugated board to protect your papers against dust, dirt,
and damaging UV light. Double thick front and bottom panels provide additional strength. The acid-free, lignin-free material is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, protecting the
stored materials from migrant acidity and atmospheric pollutants. Because these easy-to-assemble boxes are sent to you flat, you save money on expensive shipping.
Simply place your papers in one of our archival file folders from page 37 (prevent crushing by placing no more than 12 items in each folder); mark the folder with indexing information, and place
in the box. You can use our new Document Spacer Boards from page 4 to keep the folders upright until the box is full. Available in letter and legal sizes and packaged 5 boxes per carton.

Product Code Type size (L x W x H) wt Price


613-1251 Letter 12.25” x 5” x 10.5” (311 x 127 x 260mm) 2.64kg £59.40
613-1551 Legal 15.25” x 5” x 10.5” (387 x 127 x 260mm) 3.14kg £66.25

 Clamshell Storage Box


Protect your magazines and pamphlets from damage. Store them flat in
these clamshell storage boxes. One piece box with hinged lid design
affords easy access. Metal edges give these boxes extra stacking
strength and our 1.5mm blue/grey boxboard is lined with white lignin-
free paper and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline
reserve to protect the paper against migrant acidity and atmospheric
sulphur. Price each.

Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price


735-0806 8.63” x 6.25” x 3” 0.19kg £3.70
(219 x 159 x 76mm)
735-0906 9.25” x 6.5” x 2.5” 0.20kg £4.95
(235 x 165 x 64mm)
735-1293 12.25” x 9” x 3” 0.27kg £4.40
(311 x 229 x 76mm)
735-5103 15.25” x 10.25” x 3” 0.50kg £4.90
(387 x 260 x 76mm)
735-1713 17.25” x 11.5” x 3.25” 0.45kg £6.85
(438 x 292 x 83mm)

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 7


 Boxes Archival

 Archival Storage Cartons


An acid-free corrugated storage box that is excellent for
transfer storage or long term storage of archival materials.
The 600gsm corrugated board assures durability as well as
performance. Double thick bottom panels provide exceptional
strength These tan kraft 12"W x 15"L x 10"H and 6"W x 15"L
x 10"H cartons are designed to accommodate either letter or
legal size folders. The cartons are shipped flat ready to
assemble. Price each.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price


540-0771 305 x 381 x 254 0.91kg £4.55
540-1561 152 x 381 x 254 0.36kg £4.55

 Archival Clamshell Boxes


These acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive
appearance. The boxes are shipped flat taking up the minimum of storage space. Once ready
to assemble, they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality finish. Made from
100% cellulose, contains no wood particles. The pH is between 8 and 9.5. A neutral
adhesive is used, 4% calcium carbonate buffer is added for further protection. The qualities
are in line with the technical standards of DIN ISO 9706, ANSI/MISO Z3948-1992, ONORM
A1119, and are therefore guaranteed to be age resistant according to current knowledge.

Clamshell one piece archival box with hinged lid to allow easy access to the contents
735-3021 302mm x 215mm x 75mm £4.25 each
735-3826 382mm x 266mm x 94mm £6.40 each
735-4433 440mm x 330mm x 70mm £6.40 each

See page 50 & 51


for more flat
storage boxes and
storage solutions

8 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Archival Cartons 

 Corrugated Polypropylene Archival Box


PEL is pleased to provide you with the latest innovation in archival quality storage
- Corrugated Plastic. Corrugated Plastic is a rigid heat resistant, chemically stable copoly-
mer of polypropylene and polyethylene.
The storage boxes are shipped flat, and snap together using no adhesives. They
can also be easily disassembled and stored flat, a property that creates a reusable
container that is both economical and environmentally friendly. Because the
material is water repellent, Corrugated Boxes boxes are washable, allowing
you to keep them clean, attractive, and free of damaging dirt and dust. The
ability to repel water makes Corrugated Plastic boxes ideal containers for
storage and transportation of objects during inclement conditions. The
sturdiness of the boxes is unmatched. Tests have shown that corru-
gated plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture edge and flat
crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated plastic will not
burst on the Mullen Tester.
Boxes are available in white with built-in carrying handles and/or pull
tabs and a unique design that helps to keep out dirt and dust. The storage
carton is designed to fit our storage rack on pages 202-203. Corrugated
plastic is available in both white and translucent sheets on page 80.
Price each.

Product Code Description Dimensions wt Price Locking


225-0771 Storage Carton 15” x 12” x 10” 545g £7.25 Tab
(381 x 305 x 244mm)

See page 50
 Archival Bulk Storage Boxes for more flat storage boxes
Our Perma/Dur® bulk storage boxes provide the very
best protection available when storing albums, boxes,
and photographs in envelopes, folders, etc. Available in  Flat Storage Boxes
our standard 15"L x 12"W x 10"H, and a compact 15"L Heavy duty flat storage boxes can serve a variety of storage needs. Manufactured from either economical acid-free,
x 6"W x 10"H model for smaller storage requirements. tan corrugated board or our highest quality acid-free, lignin-free, blue/gray corrugated board with a 3% calcium
Both are made of acid-free and lignin-free, virgin carbonate buffer added. Both provide convenient, acid-free storage for manuscripts, scrapbooks, files, periodicals or
bleached fibres which have been buffered to protect any items requiring a strong, durable box. Shipped flat, these boxes will snap together in seconds without tools, tape
against atmospheric pollutants and neutralise migrant or adhesives. Three convenient sizes.
acidity. Constructed with double side walls and bottoms Price each.
to provide extra stacking strength in pleasing smooth, soil
resistant Blue/Grey colour. Ship flat; assemble easily. Acid-free Tan corrugated boxes
Price each. Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price
540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £5.65
Standard Size 540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £6.65
540-0038 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £8.90
Product Code size (mm) wt Price
613-0771 381 x 305 x 254 909g £10.00
Acid-free, lignen free, Blue/Grey corrugated boxes with 3% calcium carbonate buffer added
Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price
Compact Size 613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £11.85
Product Code size (mm) wt Price 613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £12.40
613-1561 381 x 152 x 254 364g £7.50 613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £15.40

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 9


 Textiles Storage

 Archival Hat Box


The difficult task of finding suitable archival storage boxes
for vintage hat collections is solved. Our hat boxes are made
from 1300gsm, blue/gray unbuffered board with rust proof
metal edges for superior support. Each box is 343mm square
x 318mm deep with a telescoping cover which extends
64mm down.
Price each.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price


736-5000 343 x 318 x 343 0.9kg £14.28

 Unbuffered Large Textile Storage Boxes


Sturdy, durable storage containers are excellent for textiles, costumes, and other materials. Unbuffered, blue/gray exterior
See page 174 for and white lignin-free bond interior for complete protection. Reinforced metal edges combine with 1300gsm. boxboard to create
Desiccants to Help Control a quality stackable box.
Moisture and Humidity Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


736-0775 30” x 18” x 6” (762 x 457 x 152mm) 1.64kg £16.95
 Labelling Tape 736-3024 30” x 24” x 5” (762 x 610 x 127mm) 2.41kg £17.65
Record the catalogue numbers 736-4018 40” x 18” x 6” (1016 x 457 x 152mm) 2.77kg £20.65
of your textile collection with 736-6018 60” x 18” x 5” (1524 x 457 x 127mm) 3.36kg £25.85
permanent, washable ink on
this 100% cotton tape and then
stitch inside your artifact. Tape  Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Box (not shown)
accepts ink well and is perfect Protect and preserve precious or priceless fabrics and costumes with our Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Storage Boxes. Each is
for use with our Pigma Pens manufactured from our highest grade acid-free, 1300gsm boxboard and features metal edge construction. A white, acid-free,
(see page 36). White woven twill fabric is 1" wide and comes lignin-free, Perma/Dur® bond interior provides additional protection. Shipped fully assembled. Size 41"L x 18"W x 10"H.
on a 72 yard roll. Price each.
Price per roll.
Product Code size wt Price Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price
586-0172 25mm x 66m 0.5kg £15.48 735-4118B 41” x 18” x 10” (1041 x 457 x 254mm) 4.27kg £27.80

 Corrugated Textile Storage Boxes


Manufactured from sturdy, acid-free, lignin-free blue/gray
corrugated board, these new Textile Storage Boxes contain
a 3% calcium carbonate buffer for additional protection of
costumes, period clothing, and other fabric items created
from cellulosic materials. If storing proteinaceous fabrics, you
should first wrap with an unbuffered interleaving tissue (page
85). Each of the two available sizes has a self locking design,
half lid, and ships flat to save space and reduce shipping
costs. The generous 6" height allows you to keep fabrics
loosely folded.
Price per carton of 5 boxes.

Ship flat for


reduced shipping
& storage costs.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


613-3018 30” x 18” x 6” (762 x 457 x 152mm) 7.27kg £112.24
613-4018 40” x 18” x 6” (1016 x 457 x 152mm) 9.55kg £126.87

10 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Boxes Archival 

 Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files


Our exclusive Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files are set up and ready to use with no folding or
bending. Made of 1300gsm Blue-Gray Perma/Dur® board, they are assembled with durable
metal edges to withstand heavy use. For A4 size we recommend 735-1210.
Price each.

Product Code size (H x L x W) size (mm) wt Price


735-9630 9” x 6” x 3” 229 x 152 x 76 136g £3.78
735-9830 9” x 8” x 3” 229 x 204 x 76 136g £3.80
735-1103 11” x 10” x 3.5” 279 x 254 x 89 182g £3.30
735-1210 12” x 10” x 3.5” 304 x 254 x 89 190g £3.75

 Hinged Lid Pamphlet Box


Store your pamphlets and magazines in these sturdy pamphlet boxes to protect them
from damaging dust and light. Made of heavy 1.5mm buffered blue-grey board with
metal reinforced edges for added strength. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


735-5710 5” x 7” x 10” (127 x 178 x 254mm) 0.41kg £5.10

 Economical Acid-Free Shelf Files


Our economically priced shelf files are made of extra strong, acid-free 600gsm test corrugated
board. These long lasting kraft coloured files provide an inexpensive method of storing and
organising magazines, pamphlets, manuals, etc. Large pressure sensitive labels are supplied
with each package. Price per package of 12.
540-0863 size: 8"H x 3"W x 6"D, for storing digest magazines,
small pamphlets, photos and booklets.
540-0950 size: 9-1/2"H x 4"W x 9"D, for storing digests, pamphlets,
small manuals,brochures, etc.
 Perma/Dur® Telescoping Storage Boxes 540-1275 size: 12-3/4"H x 4"W x 10-3/4"D, for storing popular size magazines,
These acid-free Perma/Dur® telescoping boxes offer excellent storage for a wide range letter size files and papers, folders, large pamphlets, and envelopes.
of small objects. Reinforced edges and basic strength permits boxes to be stacked. 1524 540-1411 size: 14"H x 3" W x 11"D, for storing larger magazines, legal size
micron Perma/Dur® board buffered for an alkaline reserve with blue-grey exterior and white file folders and envelopes.
lignin-free bond interior. Price each.
Product Code size (mm) wt Price
Product Code size (H x W x L) wt Price 540-0863 204 x 76 x 152 (8” x 3” x 6”) 1.05kg £20.95
736-1253 3.125” x 5.125” x 12” (79 x 130 x 305mm) 0.32kg £4.95 540-0950 241 x 102 x 229 (9.5” x 4” x 9”) 1.82kg £21.85
736-1264 4.125” x 6.125” x 12” (105 x 156 x 305mm) 0.41kg £5.50 540-1275 324 x 102 x 273 (12.75” x 4” x 10.75”) 2.45kg £25.45
736-1285 5.125” x 8.125” x 12” (130 x 206 x 305mm) 0.50kg £5.90 540-1411 356 x 76 x 279 (14” x 3” x 11”) 2.45kg £19.61

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 11


 Roll Storage

 Heavy Duty Roll Storage Tubes


Acid-free and lignin-free tubes made of our strong, bleached,
non-bleeding tan fibre stock. This represents an improved
product over tubes with inner cores of kraft and other soft or
weak fibres. Large Diameter Tubes have a 6" inside diameter
for special storage requirements. You can either wrap larger
items around a single tube for storage or wind smaller items
onto our 3" diameter tubes and nest these inside the 6" tube.

Inside diameter 3”. Price per carton of 10 tubes


Product Code wall thickness inside diameter length wt Price
017-3161 5mm 76mm (3ft) 0.92m 9.55kg £151.70
017-3162 5mm 76mm (4ft) 1.22m 12.73kg £187.70
017-3163 5mm 76mm (6ft) 1.83m 20.00kg £259.95

Inside diameter 6”. Price per carton of 2 tubes


Product Code wall thickness inside diameter length wt Price Tube plugs. Price per package.
017-6003 10mm 152mm (3ft) 0.92m 4.10kg £69.30 Product Code Description wt Price
017-6004 10mm 152mm (4ft) 1.22m 5.00kg £84.40 777-1000 (3”) 76mm 20 caps per package 182g £9.85
017-6006 10mm 152mm (6ft) 1.83m 6.82kg £123.50 777-1001 (6”) 152mm 2 caps per package 91g £4.04

 A. Corrugated Roll Storage Boxes  B. Perma/Dur® Roll Storage Boxes  C. Expandable Tube Storage System
The design of these new Roll Storage Boxes allows you to Roll Storage Boxes for acid-free storage of rolled items. Durable, lightweight, grey polypropylene tubing safeguards
place maps, blue prints, charts, textiles, and other large Excellent for blueprints and maps. Made of 60-point grey maps, prints, charts, and textiles. Three part construction,
format items in roll form easily inside without the risk of buffered Perma/Dur® board, with white lignin-free bond end cap, base tube and middle section (spacer). The tube can
damage that end-opening boxes can cause. These acid-free, interior. Fastened with metal edges for stacking strength and be lengthened with additional 12” spacers to the required
sturdy, blue corrugated boxes are buffered with 3% calcium vermin resistance. The box is 4" square by 30" long. Sold in length simply adding a middle section spacer and screw on
carbonate and open on long top dimension to allow ease of multiples of 6. the end cap. The tubes provide a tight, water resistant, ultra
placement and removal of items. The generous 6" x 6" x Weight: 410g. Price per pack of 6. violet light proof and dust free protection. Tubes come with
43" length can accommodate a large variety of products. end cap 26.625” (676mm) in length, middle section/spacer
Available in single units or in cartons of six. Product Code size Price are 12” (305mm) long.
Wt. per box: 682g 777-4430 102 x 102 x 762mm £95.76 Price each. See page 8 & 12 for other roll storage boxes.

Product Code Disc size (mm) Price Product Code size wt Price
613-66431 single 152 x 152 x 1092 £24.75 428-2012 89mm x 676mm 364g £9.40
613-66436 pk of 6 152 x 152 x 1092 £92.15 Base tube & end cap
428-0812 89mm x 305mm 364g £3.95
Middle section/spacer

A.

C.

B.

12 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Roll Boxes 

A.

 A. Roll Storage Box


These acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive appearance. The boxes are shipped flat and
take up the minimum of storage space. Once ready to assemble they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality
professional finish. The material is identical to the clamshell boxes shown on page 8 and match the same design. The full depth
two piece separate lid gives strong dust free storage for various rolled items. In the picture we have shown tape being used, this
is to enable heavy rolls to be lifted out of the box without damage (see page 111 for suitable archival cotton tapes).

Product Code Size Price


735-1059 1059 x 102 x 102mm (41.7” x 4” x 4”) £9.95
735-7620 762 x 102 x 102mm (30” x 4” x 4”) £7.95

 B. Tyvek Map & Banner Sleeves


Tyvek is already used in a number of conservation storage
methods especially textiles and paper. This protective mater-
ial has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its
C. constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick
surface is a further barrier and prevents fragile maps
snagging. Most professional conservators are well aware of
the benefits of Tyvek. This is the reason why we have
introduced these map and banner sleeves. Available in two
widths in 25 metre rolls, simply cut the sleeve to the length
you require. The open ends can be sealed in our Crossweld
sealing machine, stitched or tied with our cotton tape.

Product Code Size Diameter Price


D. 428-1200 120mm x 25m 76mm (3”) £31.75
428-2400 240mm x 25m 152mm (6”) £44.50
 C. Triangular Roll Storage
Moisture resistant coated B-Flute corrugated storage boxes
are new to our roll storage range of boxes. The boxes are
manufactured from acid-free, lignin-free corrugated board
 D. Map & Banner Bags that is buffered for a pH of approximately 8.5. These boxes
A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape ship and store flat so you can save money on space. Their
pull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protect triangular shape prevents them from rolling off the shelf.
rolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed but Price each.
should not be tumble dried.
Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm. Product Code Size (L x W X H mm) Wt Price
156-5245 127 x 127 x 619 500g £8.54
Product Code size Price 156-6386 152 x 152 x 965 600g £10.77
428-0036 36” (914mm) £4.70 156-6496 127 x 127 x 1244 770g £13.64
428-0042 42” (1067mm) £4.95
428-0048 48” (1219mm) £5.10
428-0062 62” (1575mm) £5.40
428-0072 72” (1829mm) £5.70 B.
428-0084 84” (2134mm) £6.25
428-0096 96” (2438mm) £7.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 13


 Boxes Binders & Folders

 Drop Front Storage Boxes - With Matt Black Exterior


Our acid-free, drop front, storage boxes have an elegant, matt black exterior preferred by artists
and photographers. The interior is white and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additional
protection from airborne pollutants. These boxes are manufactured with heavyweight board
and feature black, metal edge corners to provide sturdiness. A full telescoping lid provides
protection while the drop front allows easy access. Price each.

Product Code holds actual size Price


733-2008 8” x 10” 266 x 216 x 76mm £4.95
733-2009 9” x 12” 317 x 241 x 76mm £5.50
733-2011 11” x 14” 292 x 381 x 76mm £6.50
733-2014 14” x 18” 368 x 467 x 76mm £8.90
733-2015 14.75” x 10” 380 x 266 x 76mm £8.95
733-2016 16” x 20” 419 x 520 x 76mm £11.50
733-2022 22” x 30” 584 x 787 x 76mm £16.95
Drop front on one (long) side.

White Interior is buffered for added


protection from airborne pollutants

 Perma/Dur® Sheet Music Folders  Binder/Folders


These generous 11-3/4” x 15- Use these acid-free binder folders for protective covering and
1/4” Perma/Dur® Sheet Music housing of textbooks with detached or damaged covers,
Folders are ideal for the and to isolate covers with severe red rot. Manufactured
protection and support of sheet from 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free board and scored
music and small scores. Each to accommodate several spine widths up to 32mm. An
folder is manufactured from economical alternative to phase boxes. Secure with white
225gsm. acid-free folder stock cotton tying tape (page 37). A variety of sizes are offered to
that is buffered with 3% calci- accommodate various size books. Scores are parallel to the
um carbonate for additional protection against air short dimension.
born pollutants. Folders fit nicely in our drop front storage Price per package of 10.
box 733-1215 found on page 6.
Price per package of 25 folders.
Product Code size (opened flat) Price
801-9512 241 x 311mm £12.53
Product Code size (mm) wt Price 801-1015 267 x 400mm £18.41
701-1115 298 x 387 1.10kg £17.57 801-1119 298 x 502mm £20.24

14 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Archival Photo & Print Boxes 

 Lipped Clamshell Boxes


These attractive black book cloth covered boxes are specially manufactured for PEL. The book
cloth is durable, washable and entirely suited to this product.
The boxes are ideal for special collections and are archival quality. Available in two standard
sizes both 60mm deep to store mounted or unmounted prints.
Lipped clamshell boxes have a book like luxurious appearance and are competitively priced for
such quality, making them affordable for most collections.

Product Code size (holds) wt Price


614-0013 13” x 11.4” x 2.36” (330 x 290 x 60mm) 1kg £35.95
614-0020 20” x 16.14” x 2.36” (510 x 410 x 60mm) 2.2kg £55.95

Special size are available in minimums of 10 boxes

See page 31 for 4 hole


boxbinder polyester pages

 PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinder


This archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outer
layer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt
and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are
incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 rings
can be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD.

Product Code size Price Each


507-PBP1 330mm x 287mm x 60mm £35.65

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 15


 Photo Files Storage Boxes

 Drop Front Print Storage Boxes


Museum quality boxes provide safe archival storage of photographs and prints. These durable
boxes protect your valuable items from atmospheric contaminants, pollution, dust, and dirt, and
help moderate changes in humidity and temperature. Ideal storage for prints, music sheets,
pamphlets and more. Available in solid tan 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered
board. The boxes have a fully telescoping lid, a drop front for easy access and a reinforced
metal edge for added strength and stackability. An excellent choice when storing prints on a
shelf. Note: we suggest unmounted photos and prints be placed in envelopes or interleaved
with unbuffered tissue before placement in the box. Price each.

Lignin-Free Unbuffered Tan 40pt (1000gsm)


Product Code size (W x D x H) wt (kg) Price
799-1081 10.5” x 8.5” x 1.5” (267 x 216 x 38mm) 0.273 £6.55
799-1511 15.5” x 11.5” x 1.5” (394 x 292 x 38mm) 0.455 £8.95
799-1841 18.5” x 14.5” x 1.5” (470 x 368 x 38mm) 0.364 £9.30

See page 6 for additional sizes.

 Infinity Archival Photo Files™


Our best acid-free and lignin-free Infinity Archival Photo Files™ meet museum standards
for safe photographic storage. Files contain calcium carbonate to absorb migrant acidity from
the atmosphere or from handling. Also included are 25 acid-free envelopes, an index,
 Negative Storage Kit
polypropylene negative sleeves and a label. Manufactured from a 1300gsm. thick tan archival Each kit contains enough fine archival quality materials to help you organise and store hundreds
board, Infinity Archival Photo Files™ are covered with attractive faux leather and reinforced of 35mm negatives in 6-frame strips. Clear sleeves of 3-mil polypropylene protect your negatives
with stylish metal edges for superior stacking strength. Generous size holds up to 1,000 from dust, dirt and fingerprints while paper sleeves provide extra protection and a means to record
3.5 x 5, 4 x 6, or 5 x 7 photos and negatives. There is no better long term storage at any price. indexing information. Kit includes: Unbuffered, 1000gsm. lignin-free, hinged lid file box; 50 clear
polypropylene negative strips that open wide for easy insertion of negative strips and then seal
Please add -56 (Ruby), -57 (Royal Blue), -58 (Ivy), -09 (Chestnut), or -33 (Black) to cat number with a fold-over top; 50 paper sleeves of 225gsm. unbuffered paper and a foil-backed label for
listed in chart. Colours may be assorted for best quantity price. Price each. identifying contents of box. Box dimensions: 264 x 149 x 114mm H, (inside dimensions.)

Product Code size Price Product Code Description wt Price


462-5059 7.87” x 10.87” (200 x 276mm) £25.37 799-1056 Negative storage kit 773g £33.85
Extra envelopes - Package of 25 487-1490 Extra package of 50 polypropylene strips 90g £13.45
Product Code size Price 313-1043 Extra package of 50 paper sleeves 364g £15.95
670-4757 4” x 6” (102 x 152mm) £3.95 799-5610 Box only 180g £4.45

16 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Print & Negatives Storage II

II A. Clear Polyester Photo/Negative Envelopes


Crystal clear, polyester photo or negative envelopes provide excellent protection during handling and storage. The transparent
polyester material makes viewing possible without removing the item from the envelope. This prevents scratching, oily
A. fingerprints and physical damage to old or brittle prints. The film itself will not interact with the print and will help prevent
adjacent items from chemically interacting with the photo or negative image. Envelopes are sealed on three sides with our
“thermo-weld” process for lasting protection. All envelopes are open on the first dimension listed. Envelopes may be marked with
our film marking pen (page 63) or our foil back labels (pg 64). Price per pack of 10. See page 43 for many other sizes.

Product Code fits up to actual size wt Price


565-2726 4” x 5” (107 x 132mm) 0.05kg £3.50
565-4060 4” x 6” (108 x 159mm) 0.14kg £3.75
565-2728 5” x 7” (132 x 183mm) 0.14kg £3.95
565-2732 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 0.32kg £5.75
565-1114 11” x 14” (285 x 360mm) 0.41kg £8.50

II B. Polyethylene Negative & Print Envelopes


High density, transparent, matte 50 micron polyethylene negative and print envelopes have a thumb cut for easy access.
Although these envelopes do not have the clarity or rigidity of our highest quality archival polyester sleeves and envelopes, they
do provide an inexpensive solution to large collection storage. Envelopes may be written on with our film-marking pens (pg 17).
Envelopes are sealed on three sides.
B.
Product Code Negative/Print Format Envelope size wt pkg Price
889-00635 60mm x 70mm 2.75” x 3.125” (70 x 79mm) 0.05kg 100 £8.92
889-00640 2.25” x 3.25” 2.75” x 3.625” (70 x 92mm) 0.05kg 100 £9.20
889-00650 3.25” x 4.25” 3.625” x 4.75” (92 x 121mm) 0.18kg 100 £9.66
889-00660 4” x 5” 4.25” x 5.25” (108 x 131mm) 0.23kg 100 £10.65
889-00670 5” x 7” 5.25” x 7.375” (133 x 187mm) 0.32kg 100 £13.27
889-00680 8” x 10” 8.25” x 10.375” (210 x 264mm) 0.27kg 50 £14.34
*889-00740 11” x 14” 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 0.23kg 20 £12.39
*889-00750 16” x 20” 16.5” x 20.5” (419 x 521mm) 0.45kg 20 £20.36
*889-00760 20” x 24” 20.5” x 24.5” (521 x 622mm) 0.68kg 20 £31.23

* Open on long side

II Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes


Sturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives
and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have
changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side
seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative
or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a lignin-free ivory stock
with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are fastened with a
neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.

Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) Price


800-4558 800-4558NC 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 £21.95
800-4363 800-4363NC 111 x 162 4.375 x6.375 £24.70
800-5378 800-5378NC 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 £28.30
– 800-8060 222 x 172 8.75 x 6.75 £28.35
– 800-6050 172 x 127 6.75 x 5 £21.95
800-8210 800-8210NC 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 £42.00
Price per pack of 50
800-4388 800-4388NC 292 x 368 11.5 x 14.5 £43.95

II Print/Negative Storage Kits (right)


These kits are designed to provide an inexpensive archivally safe method to store, index and
preserve your negatives and prints. Protects them from dust, dirt and handling while providing an
acid-free, lignin-free professional environment. Storage Kit includes: 100 (50 micron) Mylar®
sleeve protectors; 100 Perma/Dur® thumb cut envelopes; 100 (25 x 50mm) foil back acid-free
white labels to index envelopes and one 127mm deep tan, acid-free, lignin-free storage box made
of sturdy, unbuffered 100gsm board with reinforced metal edges. Price each.

Product Code neg/print size wt Price


778-2000 102 x 127mm 1.00kg £45.43
778-3000 127 x 178mm 1.86kg £59.47
778-4000 203 x 254mm 7.5kg £90.22

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 17


II Storage Negatives & Envelopes
II A. Negative Boxes
These fully telescoping, drop-front boxes have been designed specifically to house negatives in
our four-flap enclosures. Constructed of acid-free, lignin-free 1000gsm unbuffered tan board
with metal reinforced edges for extra strength and stackability. The boxes are correctly sized to
fit our four-flap negative enclosures for a firm fit and added protection for film or glass plate
negatives. The drop-front design assures easy accessibility. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


799-7251 7.25” x 5.25” x 2.06” (184 x 133 x 52mm) 1.00kg £3.15
A.

II B. Four Flap Negative Enclosures


These unbuffered enclosures are an excellent choice for the storage of either standard
negative film or glass plate negatives. These enclosures are made of our exclusive Perma/Dur®
paper which is a lignin-free paper of high alpha cellulose content with excellent folding
properties. The design of the enclosure allows the negative to be encased on all four sides,
assuring the uniform pressure which is so important with glass negatives. Multiple scores easily
accommodate glass plate negatives. These enclosures can be supplied on special order with
calcium carbonate buffered Perma/Dur® ledger or in special sizes for large plate glass or film
negatives. Please call our customer service department for pricing. Price per package of 50.

Product Code size wt Price


727-3046 3.06” x 4.06” x 0.06” (78 x 103 x 1.58mm) 0.409kg £19.70
727-4050 4.06” x 5.06” (103 x 129mm) 0.636kg £20.59
727-4056 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.06” (103 x 129 x 1.58mm) 0.636kg £20.59
B. 727-4058 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.125” (103 x 129 x 3.18mm) 0.636kg £20.59
727-4066 4.06” x 6.06” (103 x 154mm) 0.636kg £24.50
727-5070 5.06” x 7.06” (129 x 179mm) 1.00kg £31.37
727-5076 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.06” (129 x 179 x 1.58mm) 1.36kg £31.37
727-5078 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.125” (129 x 179 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £31.37
C. 727-6080 6.06” x 8.56” x 0.125” (154 x 217 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £37.37
727-6989 6.56” x 8.56” x 0.06” (167 x 217 x 1.58mm) 1.36kg £37.37
727-8010 8.06” x 10.06” (205 x 256mm) 1.36kg £42.97
727-8016 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.06” (205 x 256 x 1.58mm) 2.45kg £42.97
727-8018 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.125” (205 x 256 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £42.97
C. Four Flap Lanternslide Envelopes Pack 100
727-33316 3.31” x 3.31” x 0.18” (84 x 84 x 4.75mm) 0.455kg £19.36

II Mylar® Lantern Slide Envelopes


Now there is a protective polyester enclosure specially sized for
your lantern slides. Heavy archival quality 75 micron archival
polyester construction provides protection from handling
and atmospheric pollutants while allowing you to see the image.
Each envelope is sealed on 3 sides, with our thermo-weld
process. Sized to hold American-style 83 x 102 x 4.76mm
lantern slides. Price per package of 10.

Product Code size Price


565-33316 4.5” x 3.625” (114 x 92mm) £2.97

Feel free to browse our website at:


www.preservationequipment.com

II Lantern Slide Box Four Flap Negative Enclosures


This short lid box is designed to store lantern glass slides (can Proper storage of your glass plates and plastic supported film in our Four-Flap Enclosures and Archival Storage Boxes will not only provide added
also be used for glass negatives). Constructed from acid-free physical protection but will appreciably enhance the lifespan of the image itself. We recommend the following simple guidelines when using the
and lignin free unbuffered tan board of an exceptional high quality Four-Flap Enclosures:
to ensure the best archival storage for rare valuable collections. • Plastic supported film should be placed in our single creased four flap enclosures.
• Gelatin glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/16" four flap enclosures.
Product Code size Price • Collodion glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/8" four flap enclosures.
799-0403 4.5” x 3.75” x 5”H £4.95 note: Glass plate and plastic supported artifacts should be placed in the enclosure emulsion side down. Store paper and metal artifacts with
(114mm x 95mm x 127mmH) emulsion side up with a sheet of interleaving tissue, cut to size, placed over them prior to closing the enclosure. (See “B”).

18 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Print & Negative Storage II

II A. “Drop Side” Negative/Print Storage Boxes


Negative/print storage boxes designed with a “drop-side” allowing easy
access to negatives or prints which are stored flat. Each box is large enough
to accommodate negatives or prints in a variety of envelopes as shown
on page 38 and 45. If you are storing prints without an envelope, we
recommend interleaving with our unbuffered photographic interleaving A. Sides fold down
sheets shown on page 87. These boxes are made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered
tan lignin-free and acid-free board with metal reinforced edges for extra for easy access
strength and stackability. Boxes present an excellent method for storing your
negatives and prints on standard size shelving. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


799-5745 7.75” x 5.75” x 4.5” (197 x 146 x 114mm) 0.27kg £6.15
799-8104 10.75” x 8.75” x 4.5” (273 x 222 x 114mm) 0.41kg £8.55

II B. “Clamshell Lid” Negative/Print Storage Boxes


Store negatives and prints in a minimal amount of space in drawers or on shelves, with
these sturdy museum quality clamshell boxes. They will help protect your negative and print
collection from the atmospheric contaminants of pollution, dust, and dirt and also help
moderate changes in temperature and humidity. Boxes are made of our solid 1000gsm. tan B. Upright
lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered board and have metal reinforced edges for added strength. clamshell
We recommend placing your negatives or prints into an acid free envelope before placing in
the box. This provides protection from handling and prevents chemical reactions between
unprotected items. Pre-made kits are available, see page 45.
Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


799-0455 5.75” x 5” x 4.75” (146 x 127 x 121mm) 0.09kg £6.45
799-6343 6.75” x 5” x 4.75” (172 x 127 x 121mm) 0.09kg £3.65
799-0575 7.75” x 5” x 5.75” (197 x 127 x 146mm) 0.14kg £4.97
799-0815 10.75” x 5” x 8.75” (273 x 127 x 222mm) 0.18kg £7.25 C. Short Lid

II C. “Short Lid” Negative/Print Envelope Boxes


Short lid archivally safe boxes made specifically for the bulk storage of negatives and prints.
Manufactured of the same museum quality lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered 1000gsm. tan
board as our clamshell negative/print boxes. These boxes are 305mm long and have a 38mm
high “short” lid for quick and easy access. All boxes are metal edge reinforced for added
strength and stackability and are ideal for storing negatives and prints on shelves. As always,
we recommend that negatives and prints be placed in envelopes prior to placement in the box.
This provides protection from handling and helps prevent possible chemical reaction between
unprotected items.
Price each.

Product Code holds size (L x W x H) wt Price


799-0405 4” x 5” 12” x 5.75” x 4.5” (305 x 146 x 114) 0.18kg £7.65
799-6412 4” x 6” 12” x 6.75” x 4.75” (305 x 172 x 121) 0.23kg £5.75
799-0507 5” x 7” 12” x 7.75” x 5.5” (305 x 197 x 140) 0.27kg £6.80
799-8010 8” x 10” 12” x 10.625” x 8.625” (305 x 270 x 220) 0.41kg £8.30

II Oversize Photo Storage Boxes


When you love to take pictures but can’t seem to find the time to organise and store
them properly, these sturdy acid-free storagecontainers provide a quick, convenient
method of assuring your photographs are kept in safe conditions while they await
your special attention. Each box has four internal sections and is available with or
without 50 archival photo organiser envelopes to protect your photos and negatives.
Metal edge reinforced corners on attractive burgundy board provide plenty of
stacking strength. Designed to hold 1700 photos up to 4" x 6" and their negatives.
Size is 395mm w x 305mm d x 127mm h.

Product Code Description Price


613-1512 BUR Photo Storage Box w/o envelopes £21.95
613-1512 EBUR Photo Storage Box w50 envelopes £30.56
670-4757 Extra Envelopes Pack 25 £3.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 19


II Storage Microfilm
A.

II Micro Film Viewer


A convenient handy viewer for reading aperture
card, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8x
with a 24mm field of view. B.
C.
Product Code Wt Price
886-2026 92g £71.50

Helpful Hint… Photo Activity Test


In addition to the testing performed in our own
plant, University Products also relies on the Image
Permanence Institute to conduct the Photo
Activity Test (P.A.T.) on all relative paper products.
The P.A.T. was developed by the ANSI to evaluate
the safety of paper intended to come in contact
with photographic materials. This testing assures
you that our materials are the highest quality
available. For more information on the Photo
Activity Test, see our free literature section.

II A. Microfiche Storage Boxes II B. Large Capacity Microfiche Box


Constructed of our acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered tan An easy-access, large capacity “shoe-box” style box for the safe storage of your microfiche files. Each box is made of our 40
board, these boxes have passed the “Photographic Activity point, unbuffered, tan, acid-free, lignin-free board with metal-reinforced edges for added strength and stackability. The board
Test,” assuring you that this box is safe for long-term archival used in the manufacture of this box has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for
storage of microfiche. Inside box dimensions are 100mmH x long-term archival storage. Boxes are high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides
156mmW x 111mmL. One piece construction and metal-rein- (Cat. No. 228-5400 or 228-5500) and designed to fit any standard size microfiche envelope.
forced edges for strength and durability. Price each. Price per box.

Product Code wt Price Product Code size (H x W x L) wt Price


799-6443 136g £3.70 799-5612 127 x 159 x 305mm 500g £6.25

II C. Microfiche Indexing Storage Box


A microfiche storage box high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides. This unbuffered,
acid-free, lignin-free, tan box is made of one piece construction with metal-reinforced edges. The board used in this box has
passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Fits any standard
acid-free microfiche envelope and our acid-free microfiche divider guides (Cat. No. #228-5400 or #228-5500). Each box holds
approximately 225 fiche in envelopes and twelve guides. Size: 127H x 159W x 127mmL. Price each.

Product Code wt Price


799-0565 136g £4.95

II Microfiche Divider Guides


Full cut or half cut guides for easy division of microfiche. Overall size is 121mmH
x 152mmW (4.75” x 6”). Light Tan acid-free stock. Price per package of 50.

Product Code description wt Price


228-5400 half-cut 364g £15.26
228-5500 full-cut 409g £12.56

II Acid-Free Microfiche Envelopes


Acid-free microfiche envelopes protect fiche from potential damage which may occur from
acidic paper. Fiche envelopes have high throat and closed end. Overall size: 82 x 156mm.
(3.25”H x 6.125” W).
Microfilm Storage Cabinets Product Code wt Price Price per box of 500.
are available on page 196 570-8700 1.68kg £15.76

20 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Microfilm Storage II

D.

E.

II D. Microfilm Cases II E. Archival Microfilm Storage Boxes for 35mm & 16mm
This sturdy metal reinforced edged box, made of our tan lignin-free boxboard, was designed to Made of our sturdy tan acid-free and lignin-free board, these boxes will stand up under
hold both 16mm and 35mm boxes shown at right. Hinged lid and drop front provide easy rigorous use and are metal-edged for long life. This unbuffered box board is made from
access to individual boxes so unit is ideal for shelf storage of microfilm. The unbuffered board highly purified fibres which will not tarnish. The board used in the manufacture of these
used in the manufacture of these boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test” assuring boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for
you that these boxes are safe for long term archival storage. long-term archival storage.
Price each. Price per 100.

Holds 6 35mm boxes 10 .625”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (270 x 105 x 105mm) 35mm 3.75”L x 3.75”W x 1.5”H (95 x 95 x 40mm)
Product Code wt Price Product Code wt Price
799-1044 273g £4.95 799-3310 5.73kg £149.90

Holds 7 35mm boxes 13”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (329 x 105 x 105mm) 16mm 3.75”L x 3.75”W x 0.75”H (95 x 95 x 19mm)
Product Code wt Price Product Code wt Price
799-1244 273g £7.15 799-3312 5.73kg £151.95

II Mylar Covers for Microscope Slides


These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive
flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass
clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and
fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology
at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed
us to use the picture.
Price per 1000.

217-8032 Price £115.85

II Microfilm Reel Identification Tags


These Button & String Reel I.D. tags are a safe and effective means of preventing the
II Infinity™ Microfilm Reel Storage Boxes unraveling of your valuable microfilm. Acid-free Perma/Dur tags help prevent damaging dust
and light from reaching your film while providing you with space for numbering or recording
To assure the quality of the Microfilm Storage boxes we provide, University Products is offering specific information about each particular reel. Available for both 16mm and 35mm microfilm.
its own line of boxes for microfilm storage. Both the 16mm and 35mm size boxes are Price per package of 100 tags.
constructed of a high quality, acid-free (pH 8.5 +/- .5) and lignin-free board that is buffered
with 3% calcium carbonate to help prevent microblemishes (also known as measles). The Product Code film type wt Price
boxes fold flat for shipping and storing then pop together easily when you are ready to use. 721-1137 35mm 1.375” x 12.5” (35 x 318mm) 273g £35.70
There is no better box of its kind on the market. Imprinting available, please call for quotation. 721-1138 16mm 0.625” x 12.5” (16 x 318mm) 182g £31.45
Price per package of 100.

Product Code film box size Price


507-2221 35mm 4” x 1.75” x 4” (100 x 45 x 104mm) £62.33
507-2224 16mm 4” x 1.125” x 4” (100 x 29 x 104mm) £45.43

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 21


II Storage CD

II Polypropylene CD Cases
Dust, grime and environmental pollution are often the greatest threat to your audio/visual
collections. Protect your CDs by storing them in these long-lasting polypropylene cases.
Polypropylene is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for long-term, dust-free storage of media
of all types. Original polystyrene “jewel boxes” often crack or break at the hinge after only one
or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are flexible and will withstand hundreds of
openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the contents without having to open them. II Archivalware® Jewel Case Inserts
Size (W x H x D): 59/16" x 47/8" x 7/16". Price each. An easy-to-use, pressure sensitive disc of Corrosion Intercept® polyethylene film can be placed
easily and permanently into existing jewel cases or envelopes. Featuring Corrosion Intercept
Product Code size wt Price Technology, each 4-1/2” circle of active protection is able to absorb organic gases and acts as
549-6424 141mm x 124mm x 11mm 22g £2.45 a barrier for your music CD’s, computer software or games, photo discs, etc., inside the closed
container. Simply adhere Archivalware® Inserts to the side of the jewel case or envelope that
faces the readable (shiny side without label) side of the CD. Helps preserve all types of compact
discs from atmospheric gases, mold and mildew, as well as outgassing by the media itself.
Inert, acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive holds them in place. Price per package.
A. Product Code quantity/package wt Price
416-1959 10 136g £4.60
416-1960 100 1.36kg £35.50

C.

B.

II CD Storage Boxes
Make the most of your shelf space while at the same time, protecting your CDs from dust, dirt and
environmental pollutants. Both of these boxes store up to 30 CDs and accompanying literature in
either the original jewel cases or our polypropylene replacement cases (see above). Constructed of
60 pt. lignin-free tan board that has a smooth, low-dust surface. Lids are 2" (50mm) deep. Choose
the portrait version that allows you to read titles on standard CDs, or the landscape version that
leaves room for divider guides (sold separately). Divider guides allow you to identify and divide your
collections within the box. Please note: Divider guides are not compatible with 800-5512.

Product Code size wt Price


A. 800-5512 12” x 5.125” x 5.625” (portrait) 273g £6.95
A. 800-1255 12” x 5.875” x 5.5” (landscape) 273g £6.62 II Compact Disc Identification Labels
B. 800-1255DIV 5.5” x 5.875” x 5.625” (10 pack) 273g £6.80 CD Labels feature high tack, acid-free permanent acrylic adhesive. The white, smudge proof labels
have a foil backing to protect from bleed through of the adhesive. Note: If you are holding CDs for
II C. CD Spacer Boards permanent retention, the circle labels for the CD may not be advised. Fan-folded, 200 labels per
Spacer boards will keep the CDs upright in their box. Each board is made of lignin-free, buffered package. Price per package.
corrugated board. Boards are 5-1/2" high and 19-3/4" long with scores at each end. 5 pack.
Product Code description Price
Product Code wt Price 387-0730 Circles label 1.5” diameter (38mm) £4.95
613-5519 273g £7.95 387-1730 Jewel box spine 0.25” x 4.625” (6.35mm x 118mm) £6.61

22 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Audio & Visual Storage II

II A. Dividers for Angle Flap Pockets A.


Dividers for Angle Flap CD Pockets are the same size as the
pockets for easy browsing. They may be hand-lettered or you
can use printable Perma/Seal® Labels shown above. Dividers
are made of heavy acid-free cardstock for long life.
Price for pack of 10 & 100.

Product Code Price


800-0505 £4.35
800-0505/100 £37.10

II B. Perma/Seal® Labels for Angle B.


Flap Pockets and Dividers
Laser or Inkjet printable, these standard 8.5’’ x 11’’ sheets fit
nearly all printers. Labels are 0.5’’ high by 4’’ wide and are
acid-free with our exclusive foil back and permanent non-yel-
lowing acrylic adhesive. 40 labels per page. 5 pages per pack.

Product Code Price


387-1735 £6.95
II Storage Box for Angle Flap Pockets
II C. Style “P” Angle Flap C. This convenient CD Storage Box offers easy access with good
visibity. It is 10'' deep and holds over 150 CDs with pockets.
Standard Pockets In addition, 10 handy dividers are included. Boxes are black
The pockets are Manufactured from smooth clear archival outside and white inside with sturdy metal edges and elegant
4.5 mil polypropylene. The flap is scored for easy tucking metal label holder.
inside. Accommodates CDs, DVDs or booklets up to 5.375’’ x
5’’. Overall size is 5.625’’ wide x 5.375’’ high. Flap is 1’’ high. Product Code Price
Sold in packages of 10 & 100. 800-5510 £15.25

Product Code Size Price


416-5585 142mm W x 136mm H £2.10
416-5585/100 142mm W x 136mm H £13.65
D.
II D. Archivalware® Pockets
Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology. One side made
of smooth Corrosion Intercept® material and the other side is
clear 4.5 mil polyethylene. The flap is scored for easy tucking
inside. It can accommodate CDs, DVDs, ZIP Discs or booklets
up to 5.375” x 5”. Overall size is 5.5” wide x 5.25” high. Flap is
1” high. Sold in packages of 10 & 100.

Product Code Size Price


416-5555
416-5555/100
140mm W x 133mm H
140mm W x 133mm H
£3.10
£21.98
II Compact Disc Envelopes
Acid-free archival quality compact disc storage envelopes
with protective flap. For long term archival care of compact
discs. Can be used in our CD storage cabinets (see page
196) or archival storage box. Designed to house one single
CD with a snug fit to prevent movement inside the envelope.

These sturdy, inexpensive storage envelopes help protect all


types of compact discs from atmospheric pollutants that
can corrode a CD’s important metallic layer. Each acid-free
envelope is buffered with calcium carbonate to neutralize
acids. The 4.75” x 4.75” enclosure has a 1” flap to keep out
dirt and dust. Ideal for all types of CD’s including music,
photo, games and software. A great replacement for bulky,
fragile jewel cases.
Price per pack of 100.

See CD Storage Box opposite which completes the system


providing a suitable storage for the envelopes, alternatively
see our Multi-Media Archival Cabinets on page 196 for easy
access of bulk storage of compact discs.

Product Code size Price


381-0124 124 x 124 & 25mm flap £12.50

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 23


II Disc Storage

II Introducing archivalware®
Preservers with Corrosion
Intercept® Technology
Extend life of your CDs 40+ years!
PEL is pleased to announce that new testing of
Lucent Bell Labs’ Corrosion Intercept®
Technology indicates substantial increases in
CD longevity by storing them in archivalware®
enclosures. Recent studies have shown CD life to
be extended from 40 to 120 years. Ozone and
reactive oxygen cause the aluminum layer on the
CD/DVD to break down. When aluminum in a
thin film oxidizes it becomes clear and unable to
reflect the laser pulse attempting to read the disc.
archivalware® Corrosion Intercept® protects
against this failure. The permanent neutralization of
corrosive gasses also prevents fungus and bacterial
growth. The unique design of the archivalware® CD
Preservers allow full visibility of the face of the CD/DVD
while protecting the data side of the disc. The clear film
which is UV protected will not lift images from the face
of laser or inkjet produced labels. This unique and conve-
nient storage system assures you the maximum protection
current technology offers.

Product Code description colour Price II 8-CD Page Storage System


416-8001 Album, slipcase & 5 pages black £24.15 Our new archivalware® Storage System is comprised of a sturdy 3-Ring Album and a
416-8002 Album, slipcase & 5 pages grey £24.15 matching Slipcase for easy stacking and light/dust protection. Album has 38mm D-Ring
system and contains five 8-CD archivalware® Pages. Maximum capacity is 15 pages (120
CDs) per album. Overall size is 11-1/4" high x 11-7/8" wide (286 x 302mm).

II Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums


Available in 2 sizes to accommodate either 4-CD or 8-CD pages, Perma/Dur® Albums are archival and made with sturdy
acid-free binder board which is covered with Black F Grade library Buckram bookcloth. 1" (25mm) slanted D-rings will
accommodate 10 pages. Albums will fit our archivalware® Pages or Standard.

Binder Pages shown on opposite page. The 4-CD album is 11-5/8" high x 7-1/2" wide (295 x 190mm), 8-CD album measures
11-5/8" high and 13” wide (295 x 330mm). Price Each

Product Code style size Price Browse our website at


463-D4BK 4 page 305 x 190mm £12.80
463-D8BK 8 page 305 x 330mm £13.20
www.preservationequipment.com

24 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Disc Storage II

II A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs


Manufactured from clear archival polypropylene on the outside A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs
and black, non-woven polypropylene on the interior which
helps prevent scratching. These pages provide an economi-
cal and safe way to store your compact disc collections
including CDs, DVDs and Photo Discs. Won’t stick to discs
like vinyl pages. Unique “steerhead” design holds discs
firmly in place. Choose either the 4-disc page (two on each
side) or 8-disc page (four on each side).
Price per package of 10 pages.

Product Code description Price


416-0204 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.90
416-0408 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.38

II B. archivalware® Pages for CDs II 8-Disc White/Clear


Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology Binder Pages (above)
Created specifically to protect the delicate metal layer of
compact discs from degradation, these pages actively protect Fit our Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums as well as
the digital images and information stored on CDs from oxidation the Archival-Ware® Albums shown on opposite
caused by damaging gasses in the atmosphere. Choose either page. Sold in packages of 10.
the 4-disc page (two on each side) measuring 5-3/4" x 10-1/8"
Product Code Price
or 8-disc page (four on each side) measuring 10-3/4" x
10-1/8". Corresponding albums are sold separately. 416-0402 £4.95
(273mm x 257mm)
Price per package of 5 pages.

Product Code description Price


416-8004 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.95 B. archivalware® Pages for CDs
416-8008 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.95

II C. DVD Storage Page with Literature Pocket


Featuring Corrosion Intercept® Technology. Ensure the longevity of your movie library with
archivalware® DVD Storage pages. The copper colored Corrosion Intercept® inner layer helps
neutralize gasses that can adversely affect the metallic layer of your disc, causing a loss of data
that renders the disc unplayable. Unlike standard DVD cases and pages, the archivalware® pages
actively protect the disc’s delicate surface. Each 9-1/4" x 11-3/8" page holds two discs (one on
each side) and the accompanying literature. The pages fit any standard three-ring binder or album,
and allow you to quickly flip through and locate your movie of choice. A 7-1/2" x 5-1/8" upper
pocket holds standard DVD literature while the 5-1/4" x 5-1/8" houses the corresponding disc. An
inert clear outer layer allows you to easily view titles. Price per package of 5 pages.
C. DVD Storage Page
Product Code weight size Price with Literature Pocket
416-1458 136g 235mm x 289mm £5.15

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 25


II Storage Cabinets

II Multi-Media Archival Cabinets


Glass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges, Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact Discs
A highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted to suit a variety of formats as listed above. Archives
and Libraries can store more than one form of media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer.
The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of the drawer, making it so easy to remove the last item
at the back. The easy-action drawers have a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cabinets
available. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of various thicknesses of material, or if stored with protective cov-
ers, sleeves or case, these figures can only be approximate.
Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back. Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream.

Cabinet Drawers Size Glass Negs Photos VHS Videos Floppy Discs CDs Price
501-4000 4 785mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 3000 7000 168 430 3000 600 £616.00
501-5000 5 955mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 3750 8750 210 530 3750 750 £708.00
501-6000 6 1125mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 4500 10,500 250 640 4500 900 £778.00
501-7007 7 1295mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 5250 12,250 290 750 5250 1050 £853.00
501-8008 8 1465mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 6000 14,000 330 850 6000 1200 £975.00
501-9009 9 1635mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 6750 15,750 370 960 6750 1350 £1097.00

II Audio Cassette Storage Box II Archival Video Box


Keep audio cassettes neat and orderly in these Audio Cassette Storage Boxes. Each box Store 12 video cassettes in their original cases or in our polypropylene video cases (below) in
holds 36 individual cassettes in their original cases. These buffered acid-free boxes feature this archival quality box. Constructed of 60 pt. blue/gray boxboard, this box has a 2-1/2" deep
metal edges for stacking strength, and a 1-1/2" telescoping lid to prevent dust and light from lid so it stays securely on, protecting the contents from dust and rapid changes in the outside
reaching your cassettes. Dimensions: 12-1/2" x 9" x 3". Price each. environment. Use our foil-backed box labels. Price each.

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price


732-9125 318 x 229 x 76mm 364g £4.95 735-1555 394 x 216 x 127mm 364g £5.75

II Polypropylene Media Cases II Foil-Backed Perma/Seal®


Dust, grime and environmental pollution are Audio Cassette Labels
often the greatest threat to your audio/visual
Superior label stock with foil-backed smudge proof
collections. Protect your videos and audio
paper and an aggressive high-tack adhesive. Labels are
cassettes by storing them in these long-
pin-feed, 1-across. Label size: 3-1/2"W x 1-9/16"H.
lasting polypropylene cases. Polypropylene
is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for Price per package of 500.
long-term, dust-free storage of media of all Product Code size Price
types. Polystyrene “boxes” often crack or break at the
387-1064 89mm x 40mm £24.53
hinge after only one or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are
flexible and will withstand hundreds of openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the
contents without having to open them. Price each.

Product Code media size Price


563-4881 VHS Video 117 x 203 x 29mm £1.95
441-6420 Audio Cassette 67 x 105 x 14mm £0.19

26 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Vinyl/Music Storage II

B.

A.

II A. Phonograph Record Storage Boxes 10" and 12" Record Storage Boxes
These sturdy, acid-free, Phonograph Record Storage Boxes are manufactured from our Store up to 33 of your 10" or 12" records in these record storage boxes with telescoping lid
1300gsm. Perma/Dur® board with an attractive blue/grey exterior and white interior. The and interior edge lip for easy viewing and access. Price each.
adhesive-free, metal edge construction creates an ideal storage environment for your precious
Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price
vinyl recordings. Boxes available for 7", 10" and 12" diameter albums and are designed to fit
the album and sleeve. 780-10756 273 x 273 x 152mm 455g £7.90
780-13136 330 x 330 x 152mm 545g £10.45

7" (45 rpm) Record Storage Boxes


Store up to 100 of your 45 rpm records in an easy-access clamshell design. Box size is II B. Divider Boards
7.75"H x 7.5"W x 9"L. Matching 1300gsm. Divider Boards are available for the 12" record box to help you organise
Price each. and segregate your collection. 13"H x 12.5"W. Price per package of 25.

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price Product Code size (H x D) wt Price


780-7759 197 x 190 x 229mm 364g £8.20 780-13125 330 x 318mm 455g £24.85

II Phonograph Record Storage Sleeves and Envelopes


Protect your valuable record albums with durable, acid-free and lignin-free, olde white, 135gsm
Perma/Dur® storage sleeves and envelopes. Each is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate to
absorb migrant acids. The extra smooth surface minimises abrasion of recordings. Storage
Sleeves feature a circular cut-out to view record label. Storage Envelopes have an overlapping
flap for added protection from dust and dirt and are without the circular cut-out.
Price per package of 25.
II Anti-Static Record Sleeves
Sleeves Replace the torn, worn out, and dust coated inner sleeves which can damage your valuable
Product Code Description wt Price record collection. Each polyethylene sleeve is subjected to a negative ion, static prevention
308-7070 for 7” record (178mm) 545g £21.21 process,which lessens friction between the record and the inner sleeve and reduces the attrac-
308-2100 for 10” record (254mm) 727g £22.46 tion of dust. Each sleeve is designed to fit 12" lp recording which is then placed in the record’s
308-2112 for 12” record (305mm) 864g £27.86 cardboard jacket. Works for laser discs as well.
Envelopes Price per package of 50 sleeves.
Product Code Description wt Price
380-0010 for 10” record (254mm) 682g £25.62 Product Code wt Price
380-0012 for 12” record (305mm) 955g £34.58 967-102 182g £17.80

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 27


II Storage Film

II Polypropylene Movie Film Cans II Polypropylene Film Cores


Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the The flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and
chief causes of their deterioration. These film cans of inert curl. The best, safest way to store film is wound on one
polypropylene won’t rust or corrode like the original metal of these cores without a reel. The 35 mm cores are of
cans your films probably came in. Gap between the lid of made of inert, archival polypropylene; the 16mm cores are
the containers allows the exchange of acidic gasses (the polystyrene. Diameter on both cores is 3" (76mm).
by product of deterioration) which would otherwise build up Price each.
inside the can and speed the breakdown of the film. These
cans are flame retardant and contain less than 4% halogen Product Code core wt Price
which means that in the event of a fire there is virtually no 519-53230 35mm 45g £1.05
release of chlorine or bromine gas. For storage of films on 519-52030 16mm 45g £0.70
cores (not reels), only.
Price each.
The Image Permanence Institute
Product Code for: #m of film Diameter wt Price in Rochester, New York has developed
519-22504 122m of 16mm 7” (178mm) 364g £2.40 A-D Strips, (film base deterioration
519-22522 670m of 16mm 15” (381mm) 455g £7.25 monitors) to check film collections
519-23510 305m of 35mm 12.5” (318mm) 682g £5.45 for vinegar syndrome. Contact IPI
519-23520 610m of 35mm 15” (381mm) 727g £8.00 for more information

II Audio Tape Boxes


The boxes that are normally supplied with audio reel tapes, although convenient, are
usually made of acidic chipboard, covered with acidic paper and unstable adhesives. In
order to maintain the integrity of the sound on your tapes, you should store them in an
acid-free, dust-free environment that provides physical protection as well. Our Audio Tape
Boxes are constructed of unbuffered (pH neutral) lignin-free board with a low-dust surface.
The two-piece design is made with a snug lid to stay closed during storage. Boxes
accommodate tapes on reels either with or without flanges. The box for 267mm reels
comes with a removable insert which has a 3" hub to keep smaller reels from shifting and
creating static and dust. Box size: 178mmH x 178mmW x 18mmDeep and 279mmH
x 279mmW x 18mmDeep.

Product Code for reels wt Price


799-7070 up to 7” (178mm) 455g £4.56
799-1111 up to 10.5” (267mm) 910g £8.74

II A-D Strips
Film Base Deterioration Monitors. Cellulose acetate film undergoes a slow form of chemical
deterioration known as ‘vinegar syndrome’. A-D Strips represent a safe and reliable method for
detecting, measuring and recording the severity of ‘vinegar syn-
drome’ in film collections. When placed inside a closed container in
the presence of acidic vapour given off by degrading film. A-D
Strips change colour to indicate the severity of the level of acidity.
Each kit contains complete instructions, a reference pencil printed
with four bands of colour that correspond to the level of acidity, as
well as 250 detector strips (measuring 38 x 10mm).

Product Code description wt Price


114-0002 A-D kit 90g £55.90

II IPI Storage Guide for Acetate Film


Collection managers will find this tool from the Image Permanence Institute invaluable in
evaluating the quality of the storage environment they provide for their film. Easy to use wheel has
two sides, one for new film, the other for partially degrading film. To calculate the approximate time
to the onset of vinegar syndrome of new film, just
turn the wheel to the storage temperature and
II Film Reel Storage Boxes
check the relative humidity. For film that is already Developed in conjunction with a major motion picture studio, our Film Reel Storage Boxes
degrading, use the other side of the wheel to provide the best possible environment for stored movie film on reels. The boxes are made
calculate the approximate time for free acidity to from an acid-free, lignin-free, buffered board and feature a full telescoping lid to keep out
double. Also included are graphs, a “Time Out of dirt, dust, and light. Two sizes are offered. Price each.
Storage” table, and instructions. 1993. Price each.
Product Code size wt Price
Product Code wt Price 733-1010 10.25 x 10.25 x 1.5” (260 x 260 x 38mm) 410g £9.35
114-0001 182g £39.95 733-1414 14.625 x 14.625 x 1.5” (371 x 371 x 38mm) 818g £11.65

28 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


II A. Stereo Storage Boxes
Storage Boxes for stereoscopic cards, post cards or other similar size items.
Postcard Storage II
Boxes have metal edges for stacking strength and are made of 1300gsm archival
quality Perma/Dur® board. Inside is white; outside is blue/grey. Completely acid-free
throughout for lasting protection. Slanted front allows for protection of contents and easy
viewing without squeezing. Cover is 1" deep.
Price each.

Product Code Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) wt Price


780-1218 12” x 7.5” x 4.5” (305 x 191 x 114mm) 410g £5.60
A.
II B. Stereo Sleeves
Stereo Sleeves in two sizes for stereoscopic card preservation. Crystal clear, archival 2 micron
archival polyester protects the cards while allowing complete visibility.
Price per package of 25.

Product Code Size wt Price


780-1216 3.625” x 7” (92 x 178mm) 136g £8.75
780-1217 4.5” x 7” (116 x 178mm) 182g £9.75
B.
II C. Postcard Storage Boxes
Postcard Storage Boxes are blue-grey outside and white inside, buffered and acid-free
throughout. Sturdy 1300gsm Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival
storage. Price each. C.
Product Code Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) wt Price
780-4618 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (203 x 156 x 114mm) 182g £4.90
780-4612 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305 x 156 x 114mm) 273g £6.20

II D. Postcard Protectors
Postcard Sleeve Protectors, sealed on two sides, will protect your postcard collection from
damage caused by handling or acidic conditions. 50 micron archival polyester assures com-
plete visibility while supporting and protecting contents.
Price per package of 25 sleeves.

Product Code Size wt Price


780-4070 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 90g £6.75
780-4060 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm) 136g £7.00

II E. Economical Polyethylene Postcard Protectors


Transparent, 50 micron polyethylene postcard envelopes provide inexpensive protection for
your collection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticisers found in other
plastics, protects your collection from dirt, dust and fingerprints, and allows you unobstructed D.
viewing of your postcards. Opens on short side. Also ideal for photographic storage.
Price per package of 100.

Product Code Size wt Price


500-3756 3.75” x 6” (95 x 152mm) 90g £5.30
500-4256 4.25” x 6.25” (108 x 159mm) 136g £5.30

II Postcard Storage Cabinet


This archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PEL
who worked with archivists to design a cabinet that would house
various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metal dividers to provide
storage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available
in either 4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. The
channel width can be adjusted to various sizes by inserting the metal E.
drawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and back of each
drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers open
fully to the back of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even
the last postcard from the back of the drawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can be
opened at one time to prevent the cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes have
been designed to take postcards with or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archival
ones are used. For more Storage Cabinets see page 197.

Product Code: P501-4000 (Four Drawer) £536.00 Product Code: P501-6000 (Six Drawer) £795.00
Colour Two-tone Coffee/Cream Colour Two-tone Coffee/Cream
Dimensions 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back Dimensions 1125mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to back
Drawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back Drawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to back
Weight 53kg Weight 68kg

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 29


II Photo Albums Scrap Books

II Perma/Dur® Ring Binder Storage Adapters


Enjoy the convenience, adaptability, and organizational capacity that storage binders offer
(without punching holes) using our Ring Binder Storage Adapters. These sturdy Ring Binder
II Heritage Albums & Scrapbook Storage Adapters are manufactured from 10 pt., acid-free, Perma/Dur® cardstock and feature
a non-yellowing permanent acrylic adhesive for long life. Simply remove the release liner and
Our Heritage Scrapbooks and Heritage Albums have set the standard for archival quality
attach to Archival Polyester or paper envelopes, brochures, catalogs, or most any flat item you
storage albums. Each is manufactured from sturdy, 2.8mm thick. acid-free board that is
wish to keep in a binder. Available in two styles to fit most standard ring binders or albums.
covered in an attractive maroon book cloth. Interiors are lined with acid-free, lignin-free
Perma/Dur® and feature the appropriate O-ring or D-ring to securely hold pages. Slipcases Not for use directly on valuable artifacts. Price per package of 12 adapters.
covered in matching maroon bookcloth are available for standard size albums.
Product Code Length To Fit Price Each
Choose our standard acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur®, Insert Pages manufactured
381-1134 298mm 4 ring A4 £13.95
from acid-free, archival quality, mounting paper. Our Jumbo Album features sturdy, acid-free,
blue/grey insert pages for increased support. All page protectors are manufactured from inert 381-1122 279mm Multi-ring £13.95
Mylar® archival polyester to provide additional safety.
II Heritage Scrapbooks
Standard Album & Pages: University Products' acid-free Heritage Scrapbooks for memorabilia offer all the benefits of
Album is 305mm high, 298mm wide with a 64mm spine and 38mm D-ring (3 rings 108mm
our Heritage Albums. In addition, we have attached an acid-free envelope inside for safe,
centres). Matching slipcase is 318mm high, 305mm wide with a 73mm spine. Pages mea-
temporary storage until you are ready to mount to pages. Available in three standard sizes, each
sure 295 x 245mm.
containing 50 acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® pages. Screw Post assembly makes
Albums insertion of expansion pages a simple task. Choose from our wide variety of mounting corners
(page 62) or use neutral pH adhesive (page 96) for direct mounting. For additional protection
Product Code Description wt. Kg Price Each
try our 50 micron polyester page protectors.
462-0001 Album & Maroon Slipcase 1.60kg £47.73
462-0002 Album only 0.73kg £23.89 Scrap Books With 50 Pages (does not include protectors) Ivory Perma/Dur®
462-0003 Maroon Slipcase only 1.00kg £23.89 Product Code Size mm (W x H) Page Size Wt Kg Price
Expansion Pages with 50 micron Protectors, Ivory 742-1012 267 x 330 254 x 318 1.55kg £54.67
Product Code Size Qty/Pack Price Per Package 742-1116 305 x 419 292 x 406 2.18kg £61.88
742-851250 298 x 245mm 50 £24.80 742-1624 419 x 622 406 x 610 4.18kg £105.50
Expansion Pages. Price per package of 25, Ivory Perma/Dur®
Oversize Album (Legal Size) & Pages: Product Code Size Wt Price
Album is 394mm high, 392mm wide with a 52mm spine and four 38mm O-rings. Sorry, no 743-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £11.59
slipcase available. Pages measure 356 x 241mm. 743-1116 292 x 406mm 0.64g £11.27
743-1624 406 x 610mm 1.45g £16.11
Albums Polyester page protectors (does not include mounting pages)
Product Code Description wt. Kg Price Each Price per package of 25
462-0004 Album Only 1.09kg £34.16 Product Code Size Wt Price
Expansion Pages with 50 Micron Protectors, Ivory 781-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £20.68
Product Code Size Qty/Pack Price Per Package 781-1116 292 x 406mm 0.59g £21.32
742-851450 355 x 245mm 50 £28.78 781-1624 406 x 610mm 1.18g £38.64

30 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Storage Binders Photographic II

II PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinder


This archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outer
layer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt
and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are
incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 rings
can be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD.

Product Code size Price Each


507-PBP1 330mm x 287mm x 60mm £35.65

II Polyester 4 Hole Boxbinder Pocket Pages


Designed specifically for use in our Deluxe Infinity Album™ and our 4-ring Museum
Boxbinders, these pages offer maximum protection to your most precious photos, documents,
momentos, etc. The crystal clear pages, made from 75 micron polyester with a superior
welded seam, will not become brittle or yellow with age, safeguarding your memories for future
generations to enjoy. Overall page size: 320mmH x 250mmW.
Price per package of 10 pages.
These pages fit 4 ring albums and boxbinder found on this page.

100% Archival Polyester Pages

II The Museum BoxBinder


This BoxBinder is manufactured from our 1300gsm. acid-free blue/grey board, lined with a
white acid-free interior that is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. Black, rust proof metal
edges give the Museum BoxBinder extra stacking strength. Available with your choice of either
a three 38mm D-ring (to fit standard 3-ring pages found on pages 32-34 and 60-61), or a four
Product Code Pkts/Pg Approx Pkt Size (mm) Opening wt Price Each D-ring binding mechanism which accommodates pages below. Interior dimensions: 330mm x
565-PBP1 1 318H x 229W top 0.5g £8.98 291mm x 60mm. Price each.
565-PBP2 2 152H x 229W top 0.5g £16.95
565-PBP3 1 318H x 229W side 0.5g £9.75 Product Code Description wt Price Each
565-PBP4 4 157H x 118W top 0.5g £15.95 735-BB3 Three D-Ring 1.14g £10.95
565-PBP5 8 76H x 114W side 0.5g £17.95 735-BB4 Four D-Ring 1.14g £10.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 31


II Photographic Pages & Accessories

Helpful Hints… Black Mounting Paper


The popular black pages often used in older albums and scrapbooks, while providing an aesthetically
pleasing background, contained harmful acids that damaged the photographs and documents they
contained. Today, technology has allowed us to create a black paper that is free of damaging acids
and yet provides photographers and collectors with the background that best contrasts and enhances
their mounted items.

D.

C.
A.
E.
F.

B.

II A. Heavy Duty Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages II D. Photo Page Protectors With Insert Mounting Sheets
University Products’ acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages provide you with These photo page protectors provide excellent archival protection for your individual
an ideal background to mount photographs, documents, prints, and other items. Use them photographs or clippings. Crystal clear, 50 Micron Mylar® archival polyester sheet cover
to replace dangerous acidic pages found in most commercial binders, or with the variety of provides protection from harmful pollutants, dirt ,dust, handling and will not react chemically
albums offered on pages 30 and 31. Manufactured from sturdy 225gsm. stock that has passed with your photo images. Each 216 x 279mm protector is 3-hole punched for use in a standard
the Photo Activity Test. Each page is 3-hole punched and buffered with 3% calcium 3-ring binder. The paper insert is available in Ivory or Black acid-free and lignin-free material
carbonate for increased protection. Use with our mounting corners on page 62. for complete protection of your photograph. We recommend use of our acid-free photo corners
Price per package of 50 pages. (page 62) to mount your photos and clippings. Price per package.

Product Code overall size wt Price Each Product Code Colour Qty/Pk Wt. Price Each
745-8511 280 x 217 0.73g £10.95 780-8511 Ivory 50 0.95g £28.95

II E. Archival Polyester Sheet Protectors


II B. Silver, Gold and White Ink Pens Preserve, protect and display autographs, prints, letters, cards, photographs, negatives and other
For Documenting Items Mounted on Black Perma-Dur® Pages items with our archival quality polyester envelopes. These envelopes are sturdy polyester 100 micron
Include names, dates, places, and any other information about the photos, documents and archival polyester. 3 edges are sealed by an exclusive welding process. archival polyester is recog-
ephemera you mount on black mounting pages with our elegant marking pens. Choose from nised as the most stable and protective plastic storage material and can be used with confidence
opaque white, metallic gold or metallic silver fine point ink pens. An ideal way to personalise for the storage and display of your valued materials. Completely transparent for easy viewing
your memories and provide valuable information to future generations. without touching. Use with our mounting sheets (page 32) for trading cards, photos, postcards,
Price each. baseball cards, etc. Items mount easily with our Mounting Corners (page 62) Price per pack of 10.

Product Code Description wt Price Each Product Code Description size Price
642-2300 Opaque White 0.05g £3.28 565-2753 letter size 222 x 286mm 3 hole (side opening) £7.30
642-1302 Metallic Silver 0.05g £3.28 565-2752 letter size 231 x 286mm 3 hole top opening) £7.95
642-1301 Metallic Gold 0.05g £3.28
II F. Divider Guides
Archivally safe divider guides help you organise and index your files and albums. Made of our
II C. Heavy Duty Mounting Pages acid-free, lignin-free 225mm. light tan Perma/Dur® file folder stock. Each guide has a 13mm
These pages are ideally suited for mounting and supporting photos, documents, cards, etc. high one third cut tab to allow you to “write-on” or place a label with your information. All guides
Made of our medium weight rigid 225gsm, pale cream, acid-free cardstock, these pages are punched to fit our Heritage and all standard 3-ring albums. Price per pack of 24 dividers.
are three-hole punched with the 280 x 217mm size, fitting neatly into our standard page
protectors. Product Code size wt Price
Price per package of 50 pages. 727-1185 216 x 279mm plus 13mm tab 0.45kg £16.79
for use with standard size files, albums and pages with protectors
Product Code overall size Wt. Price Each 727-1195 241 x 292mm plus 13mm tab 0.55kg £16.79
781-8511 280 x 217 0.73g £7.65 for use with protectors 565-2753 and 565-2752, above

32 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Pages & Accessories Photographic II

II PEL Box Binder™


Preserve your family’s most personal treasures for genera-
tions to come with the Infinity Archival Box Binder™. Like a
box, this unique format protects your photographs and other
momentos from damaging dust and light, yet allows you to
enjoy and share the memories like an album. An elegant
embossed black book-cloth exterior features an acrylic coat-
ing to resist moisture. The acid-free Perma /Dur® lined inte-
rior assures you your collection is safe from natural deterio-
ration. The large capacity 64mm slanted ‘D’ rings provide
plenty of room for a lifetime of memories. An overall size of
337 x 311 x 76mm allows you to choose the page format
that best suits your particular needs. Choose from a variety of
styles and formats (Featured in this catalogue).
Price each.

Product Code wt Price Each


507-3110 1.09g £29.95

The first choice of professional photographers


and artists to display and protect their
valuable collections.

II Giant Archival Scrapbook Album


Our newest Archival Album is 20” wide by 26” high, making
it easy to mount full size newspapers with ease, Made with
post binders to allow for easy expansion, The album comes
complete with 25 heavyweight (216gsm), ivory, acid-free
sheets (50 pages), each measuring 19.5” x 25.5”. A 1” rein-
forcing strip on the binding side of the page helps prevent
tear-outs and keeps the binder from bulging once items are
mounted on the pages. Album covers are crafted from an
attractive and durable book cloth to assure years of use. To
provide additional protection to your mounted items, cover
them with crystal clear polyester Archival Polyester page pro-
tectors (sold separately).

Product Code Description Price


742-1925-33 Black Album £72.09
743-1925 25 extra pages/ivory £24.25
781-1925 25 Mylar D (50 micron) £41.53
870-2055 3/pk 0.5” post extension £1.20
870-2054 3/pk 2” binding post £1.43

www.preservationequipment.com 33
II Photographic Storage

A. B. C.
A. 565-2753 Page protectors 50 micron Pocket page 75 micron 4 pocket page 75 micron
Letter size. 222 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, side opening. to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets. to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets, to fit 86mm x 140mm photos
overall size: 230mm x 281mm, sealed on 3 sides open at top or cards. Pockets are top
with acid-free Ivory insert 216mm side. Overall size: opening and sealed on 3 sides.
sheets. 248mm x 286mm. Overall size: 248mm x 286mm.

These pages will fit The Preservation Box/Album on this page,


PEL Boxbinder on page 33 and the 3-ring Museum Boxbinder on page 31

II Infinity™ 100%/Polyester Archival Album Pages


We’ve added a new dimension to the convenience of organiser pages by manufacturing them from the most permanent and
stable of all plastics - Polyester. Now you can store your photos and other collectibles quickly, conveniently and
confidently. Archival Organiser pages contain no harmful plasticisers, and will not become brittle or yellow. They are inert, chem-
ically stable, crystal clear, and have a high tensile strength. The exclusive welding process creates pages without sharp edges
which will enhance and protect the items enclosed for decades to come. Page protectors (styles A & D) are now available in your
choice of acid-free, Ivory Perma/Dur®. We recommend using mounting corners shown on page 62. Available for 3-ring binders
in a variety of styles and configurations.
B. 565-2752 Sold in packages of 50.
Letter size. 230 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, top opening. These album pages fit 3 ring albums and boxbinders found in this catalogue.

II Polyester Sheet Protectors


Preserve protect and display autographs, prints, letters, For 3 Ring Binders - Price per package
cards, photographs etc. with our 75 micron archival polyester Product Code Description wt qty/pk Price
pages. Three edges are sealed by an exclusive welding A. 780-8511 Page protector open on 3 sides 0.95kg 50 £28.95
process that creates an exceptionally strong seam. B. 533-5811T Pocket page sealed on 3 sides 0.95kg 50 £47.96
Pages are completely transparent for easy viewing C. 533-5811P Four pocket page 0.95kg 50 £72.87
without touching, while protecting items from dust, dirt and
fingerprints. Protectors can be used alone or with mounting
pages found on page 32 and a large selection of acid free Helpful Hint… Plastic Enclosures
mounting corners on page 62. Price per package of 10. Plastic enclosures allow viewing of the image through the enclosure, reducing damage from handling and protecting it from
moisture and sulphides in the air. Unfortunately, under certain conditions, plastic enclosures can trap moisture and cause sticking.
Product Code wt Price Suggestion: Use archival quality plastic enclosures made of polyester, polypropylene, and polyethylene. All are chemically stable and
A.565-2753 0.27kg £7.95 have a neutral pH. AVOID enclosures made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). It is not chemically stable, and its plasticisers will cause
B.565-2752 0.27kg £7.95 deterioration of photographs over a period of time.

Printfile Negative & Print Preserves, see page 60


II The Preservation Box/Album
Enjoy all the safety and security an archival quality box provides, along with the organisational
capabilities an album offers. The Preservation Album/Box is manufactured with 1300gsm. acid-free,
lignin-free tan boxboard using metal edge construction to create this clamshell design. A 1-1/2"
plated steel O-ring mechanism secures whichever standard size pages you choose to include.
Protect photographs, negative, slide collections, or documents. An ideal vehicle for transporting
your collection. A Velcro enclosure is included for additional security. The Album/Box measures
12-3/4" x 11-3/4" x 2" when closed.

Product Code Description Price


799-1112 Tan (324 x 299 x 51mm) £10.80

34 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Slides Storage II

D. Archivally safe storage for your


valuable slide collection.

A.

B.
C.

II A. Slide File Case For Archival Slide Storage Boxes


Designed to hold six of our archival slide storage boxes
Product Code wt Price
described below (799-2211), this sturdy metal edged box is
799-1143 0.36kg £8.89
made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered tan, lignin-free box board.
Fully telescoping lid provides protection from dust, dirt, and handling and the drop front design provides easy
access to individual boxes. This slide file case is ideal for shelf storage of your slide collection. Inside dimensions:
387mmW x 292mmD x 76mmH.
Price each.

II B. Archival Slide Storage Box


The very finest archival quality slide storage box available Product Code wt Price
in today’s marketplace. A fully telescoping, reinforced
799-2211 0.14kg £3.68
metal-edged box. Manufactured of our 1000gsm. unbuffered,
lignin-free, tan, acid-free board, it provides safe, convenient storage and transportation for your slide collections. II D. 35mm Group Slide File
Inside box dimensions are 54mmW x 64mmH x 279mmL with six dividers. Designed to fit case above. A rugged and economical archivally safe slide file for storing 2" x 2" 35mm
Price each. slides. The all-metal construction protects your collection from damage in
storage or transit. The attractive baked enamel finish will not react with slide
II C. Slide Storage Box image and the convenient handle makes transporting the file easy and safe.
Our buffered slide storage box, made of the finest 1000gsm. lignin-free tan board, has a hinged-lid design for An ideal file for storing up to 750 readymounts or up to 375 glass mounts;
stability and a thumbcut top for easy access. Each box comes with 20 slide boxes, made with our 500gsm. buffered each file has 24 movable pressboard dividers allowing you to categorise your
board. Just pop open the slide holder and tuck in the bottom - it’s ready to hold up to 20 slides. A safe, easy and collection. A corresponding index chart is included on the inside of the cover
economical way to sort and store up to 400 2" x 2" slides. Inside dimensions: 290mm x 162mm x 57mm. Price each. lid. Size is 190mm x 368mm x 50mm.
Price each.
Product Code Description wt Price
799-6112 Box and 20 Slide Holders 0.27kg £13.40 Product Code wt Price
799-2000 Pkg. of 20 Holders 0.09kg £10.29 545-200 1.55kg £36.60

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 35


II Folders

II Perma/Seal® Laser Labels


Choose either our regular acid-free Perma/Seal® laser
labels for file folders, or Perma/Seal® foil-backed ver-
sion. Both contain 30 individual file folder labels on one
8.5” x 11” sheet (two columns of 15 labels). Individual
labels measure 3.44” x 0.67” (87mm x 17mm).
Price per pack of 100 216 x 280mm sheets of 3000 labels.

Product Code description wt Price


377-4375 Perma/Seal® 410g £22.95
387-0666 Foil Back Perma/Seal® 410kg £29.95
II Juris Expansion Folders
These expansion folders have four scored flaps so that the folder thickness can be adjusted to accommodate
varying amounts of loose or bound papers up to 30mm thickness. The seven scores allow easy creasing, each score
is 5mm apart and no tools are needed to make the folder adjustment.

The folder card is acid-free, lignin-free, 245gsm file folder stock which is also buffered with a 3% calcium carbonate
to help the control of migrant acidity. These light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant expansion folders are available in
A4, letter and legal sizes.

The folders meet the Library of Congress specification and they have passed the PAT test. Please note PEL do not print
or emboss these folders they are 100% plain. BEWARE of embossed printed folders that may overtime leave an
impression on the papers inside.
Price per package of 100

Product Code Style Size (W x H) Weight Price


727-7044 A4 318 x 230mm (12.5” x 9”) 3.2kg £59.95
727-7011 Letter 285 x 225mm (11.25” x 8.75”) 2.7kg £58.95
727-7022 Legal 362 x 225mm (14.25” x 8.75”) 3.6kg £61.95

See page 9 for our


full range cartons
II Paper File Folder Inserts
Protect Individual Documents During Hanging. Now you
can separate and index your letters, documents and other
materials before placing them into standard file folders with
our water marked Perma/Dur® 90gsm paper file folders.
These individual folders provide extra support for each item II Hanging File Folders
and they are buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an Acid-Free, Lignen-Free. Developed by University Products
alkaline reserve to protect against migrant acidity. Developed for our customers who favour the simplicity and effectiveness
in cooperation with the Library of Congress, these quality of a hanging file system, but require archival quality folders.
paper folders are sized to fit within a standard file folder and Available in both letter and legal size, these hanging folders
each has a full 14mm exposed rounded corner tab for are made from the same lignin-free, acid-free, buffered,
indexing information. Available in letter and legal size. Perma/Dur® tan folder stock that we use for our standard
Price per package of 100 folders. folders. Folders are mounted on standard hanging rods and
include index tabs.
Product Code Size Wt Price Price per package of 25 folders.
678-9119 letter 232 x 298mm 1.09kg £15.81
(9.125” x 11.75”) Product Code size wt Price
678-9149 legal 232 x 375mm 1.27kg £17.78 727-1100 letter 298 x 240mm 1.6kg £19.25
(9.125” x 14.75”) 727-1400 legal 375 x 240mm 2.0kg £19.25

36 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


File Folders II

II Flush Cut File Folders for A4 size


Flush Cut Acid-Free Folders designed for A4 papers. Made
from acid-free buffered heavy weight attractive 244gsm
paper with moderate porosity allowing the folder to breath.
Will allow a quantity of papers to be stored in one single
folder. No exposed tab makes the Flush Cut File Folders
suitable for archival box storage (see box 733-9123 on P6).
Price per package of 100 folders.

Product Code size wt Price


Our best quality 701-1209 12.2” x 9.05” (310x 230mm) A4 2.75kg £29.40

folders are both acid II File Folder Labels


& lignen free with Finally… pin-fed labels sized specifically for use on file
superior strength folders. Made of our foil-backed label stock with aggressive
acrylic adhesive that will not yellow, crack or peel with age.
qualities Package of 1000 labels, fanfolded for use on your computer,
word processor or typewriter.
Price per package.

II Perma/Dur® Reinforced File Folders Product Code To fit tab size Dimensions wt Price
These acid-free and lignin-free folders offer maximum protection for storage of letters, 387-3736 half cut 0.75” x 4” (19 x 100mm) 0.45kg £20.26
documents and other materials. Made of our exclusive Perma/Dur® 260gsm folder 387-3301 third cut 1” x 3.5” (24 x 89mm) 0.55kg £15.04
stock, these full-cut file folders possess superior folding characteristics and outstand-
ing strength qualities assuring long life and protection. Folders are lignin-free and acid- II Manuscript Folders
free with a strictly controlled pH level (8.5±) buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for Acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® stock Manuscript Folders
an alkaline reserve to assure a safe and protective environment for material stored provide ultimate protection for long-term storage of important
within these folders. Available in two light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant colours, in papers. Your manuscripts and other meaningful documents
both letter and legal size. benefit from the 3% calcium carbonate buffer which helps to
Price per package of 100 folders. control migrant acidity. The light-fast, non bleeding, soil
resistant 260gsm. folders are available in both letter and
Light Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed Tab
legal size, with a 25mm tab and rounded corners.
Product Code size wt Price
Price per 100 folders .
727-0912LT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £33.46
727-0915LT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £37.10
Product Code size wt Price
701-1913 10” x 11.75” (254 x 298mm) 3.45kg £40.59
Light Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed Tab
701-1915 10” x 14.75” (254 x 375mm) 3.86kg £42.28
Product Code size wt Price
701-0912LT
701-0915LT
9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm)
9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm)
£28.36
£33.66
II Acid Free Vertical File Jackets
Access the contents of your file jackets without pulling the
Dark Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed Tab files out or tugging open the flap. These vertical file jackets
Product Code size wt Price combine instant access to documents afforded by the open
727-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £33.46 design with the safety of archival quality materials. One piece
construction file jackets are made of sturdy 260gsm Perma
727-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £37.10
/Dur® folder stock with an alkaline reserve and have a
Dark Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed Tab 13mm exposed reinforced extended back for labelling. Pleats
for 1" expansion also give the file a firm base on which to
Product Code size wt Price
stand. Choose either letter or legal size.
701-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £28.07
Price per package of 10 folders.
701-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £33.00

Product Code style size inc. tab (W x H) wt Price


II Perma/Dur® Unreinforced File Folders 727-8111 letter 11.75” x 9.5” (298 x 241mm) 0.27kg £21.71
Made from acid-free, lignin-free Perma/Dur® 260gsm stock in light tan for exceptional 727-8141 legal 14.75” x 9.5” (375 x 241mm) 0.36kg £23.48
strength and endurance. Top margin has 1/2" exposed tab, straight cut and round
corners. Price per package of 100 folders. II Expansion Folders
Accordion pleats on sides and bottom fulfil a variety of
Letter Size: 241 x 298mm (9.5” x 11.75”) archival storage needs. Excellent for groupings of manu-
Product Code Tab size wt Price scripts, pamphlets, music or any items with expansion
727-1912 full cut 2.82kg £28.38 potential. Made of sturdy. 260gsm Perma/Dur® acid-free
727-2912 half cut 2.68kg £28.38 folder stock for long life. Pre-scored, large, overhanging flap
727-3912 third cut 2.45kg £27.04 folds easily. Expands to 1-1/2" (38mm).
Legal Size: 241 x 375mm (9.5” x 14.75”) Price per package of 5 folders.
Product Code Tab size wt Price
727-1915 full cut 3.82kg £31.35 Product Code style size (W x H) wt Price
727-2915 half cut 3.59kg £31.35 727-2012 letter 12.25” x 10.25” (311 x 260mm) 0.32kg £11.41
727-3915 third cut 3.45kg £31.35 727-2015 legal 14.75” x 10.25” (375 x 260mm) 0.41kg £13.72

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 37


II Envelopes Print & Negatives
II A. Unbuffered Glassine Envelopes (P.A.T. Tested) II Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes
PEL acid-free translucent preservers are available in four standard sizes. The neutral pH Sturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives
glassine is unbuffered and allows you to see the negative without touching it. Envelopes are side and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have
seam style and open on one long side. The open side has a leading flap to allow easy inserting changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side
of negatives. seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative
or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a 120gsm lignin-free
Product Code Size Price per 100 pk ivory stock with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are
375-5378 53mm x 78mm (2.09” x 3.07”) £2.25 fastened with a neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.
375-5358 108mm x 134mm (4.25” x 5.25”) £5.50
375-5368 134mm x 184mm (5.25” x 7.25”) £6.50 Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) Price
375-2418 185mm x 250mm (7.25” x 9.85”) £9.95 800-4558 800-4558NC 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 £21.95
375-3024 250mm x 310mm (9.85” x 12.20”) £15.15 800-4363 800-4363NC 111 x 162 4.375 x6.375 £24.70
800-5378 800-5378NC 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 £28.30
800-8060 222 x 172 8.75 x 6.75 £28.35
New & Improved Two Side Seams! 800-6050 172 x 127 6.75 x 5 £21.95
800-8210 800-8210NC 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 £42.00
Price per pack of 50
800-4388 800-4388NC 292 x 368 11.5 x 14.5 £43.95

II Buffered Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes


PEL acid-free Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes are available in three standard sizes. Each
envelope features side seams for even filing and stacking, and are constructed using a neutral
pH adhesive. The material is ivory coloured Perma/Dur® buffered with 3% calcium carbonate
to help retard migrant acidity. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.

Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) wt Price


375-4358 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 0.68kg £22.50
375-4368 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 0.82kg £24.50
375-4378 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 1.27kg £49.75

Helpful Hint
Paper enclosures are opaque and block light. They are also porous and help prevent the accumulation
of moisture and gases. However, viewing is more difficult since you must remove the item from the
enclosure before you can see it. Handling can cause harmful fingerprinting and other damage.
Suggestion: Use paper when items don’t require frequent viewing. Select non-acidic paper enclosures
that are of archival quality. Use buffered storage enclosures for cellulose-nitrate and early safety-film
negatives, brittle prints, and prints on brittle acidic mounts. Use non-buffered enclosures for colour
images, black and white prints, cyanotypes, or albumen prints.

A.

38 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Print & Negatives Envelopes II

II A. Heavy Duty Side Opening Envelopes


These acid-free envelopes, ideal for filing loose materials, are made of 225gsm heavy weight buffered
cream stock with an ungummed flap. The acid-free stock protects the contents from atmospheric pollutants
and migrant acidity. Price per package of 25.

Product Code size wt Price


322-2300 9.5” x 11.75” (241 x 299mm) 0.9kg £20.68
A.
322-2301 9.5” x 14.75” (241 x 375mm) 1.14kg £22.53

II B. Perma/Dur® Envelopes (with new improved side seam design)


PEL Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® Envelopes are an excellent acid-free and lignin-free storage device for
all types of documents, pamphlets, clippings, etc. Manufactured from 120gsm sturdy Perma/Dur® stock,
buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate. Each is constructed using a neutral pH (P.A.T. tested)
adhesive and includes an ungummed flap to help keep out dust and light. We have eliminated the
centre seam which could mar the contents if too much pressure or weight is applied. Instead we have
incorporated two side seams that are not only safer, but provide more even stacking and filing in large
groups. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes.
B.
Product Code size wt Price
381-0124 4.9” x 4.9” (124 x 124mm) CD 1.23kg £12.50
381-0609 6” x 9” (152 x 229mm) A5 1.23kg £31.56
381-6795 6.75” x 9.5” (171 x 241mm) 1.50kg £33.96
381-7010 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 1.68kg £33.30
381-7515 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 1.86kg £35.80
381-0810 8.5” x 10.5” (216 x 267mm) 2.10kg £38.00
381-0912 9” x 12” (229 x 305mm) A4 2.55kg £46.95
381-1013 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 2.82kg £49.95
381-1115 11.5” x 15” (292 x 381mm) 3.82kg £59.95

II C. “Open Wide” Envelopes


Seamless “Open Wide” Envelopes offer unique storage for fragile documents and manuscripts. Items may
be placed in or removed from these envelopes without damage in handling. Envelopes are acid-free and
buffered for added protection against acid migration. May be stored flat or in storage boxes. Self-adhesive
Velcoins® (see page 132) are useful as an enclosure device. Five sizes available from stock. Special sizes
available - please inquire. Price per package of 5.

Product Code size wt Price


779-7010 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 136g £8.54
779-9115 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 273g £11.54
C.
779-9015 9” x 15” (229 x 381mm) 273g £11.95
779-1013 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 273g £13.95
779-1114 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 318g £14.95

II D. Tyvek® Envelopes
Our Tyvek® envelopes provide excellent protection for your documents, negatives and artwork, and are also
useful in storing and protecting books in need of repair. Dupont's patented and unique Fibre-Spun bonded
Olefin (a bonding of tough, durable high-density polyethylene fibres) is made of continuous fibres and is so
strong, you cannot tear it. It resists water, chemicals, rot, mildew and won't discolour. Available in 5
standard sizes. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes.
D.
Product Code size wt Price
622-0001 6.5” x 9.5” (165 x 241mm) 0.86kg £61.95
622-0002 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 1.10kg £68.27
622-0003 9” x 12” (229 x 305mm) 1.55kg £77.59
622-0004 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 1.73kg £82.69
622-0005 11.5” x 14.5” (292 x 368mm) 2.14kg £107.98

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 39


II Folders Map & Print

II Perma/Dur® Map & Print Folders


These completely acid-free and lignin-free Map and Print Folders provide an excellent means of
storing and protecting maps, prints, and broadsides. Manufactured from .010 light tan
Perma/Dur® with a pH of approximately 8.5, reducing the possibility of paper discolouration and
ink fading. Straight cut for safe, convenient storage. Flush folded and reinforced with acid-free
tape for added protection. Special size requirements available.
Price per package of 10 folders.
Visit PEL online at
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code size wt Price
701-7046 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 1.82kg £26.72
701-7047 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 2.27kg £31.90
701-7048 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 2.27kg £36.41
701-7049 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 3.64kg £48.76
701-7050 24” x 40” (610 x 1016mm) 4.10kg £53.11
701-7052 30” x 42” (762 x 1067mm) 5.45kg £52.69
701-7053 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 5.90kg £56.73
701-7051 36” x 48” (914 x 1219mm) 6.82kg £60.50

II Large Print File Folders


Store your valuable prints and photographs in these folders to keep them clean and safe from
bending. Heavyweight 135gsm, unbuffered lignin-free and acid-free ledger folders support
photos while protecting them from atmospheric contaminants and migrant acidity. Folders are
ivory coloured, with squared corners and flush folds so they neatly fit inside our standard print
size portfolios (see pages 14 and 15).
Price per package of 25 folders.

Product Code size (H x W) wt Price


743-1418 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 3.23kg £27.59
743-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 4.14kg £34.80

40 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Documents & Book Binders II
step 1 Product Code size Price
Determine book size and select 722-6014 6” x 14” (152 x 356mm) £6.00
the 2 Closest box half sizes.
eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"D 722-6022 6” x 22” (152 x 559mm) £6.40
One-half size piece 6" x 22" 722-7016 7” x 16” (178 x 406mm) £5.80
One-half size piece 7" x 16"
722-7024 7” x 24” (178 x 610mm) £7.25
note: allow at least 2" for overlap.
722-8018 8” x 18” (203 x 457mm) £6.95
step 2 722-8026 8” x 26” (203 x 660mm) £8.15
Encase book side to side first. 722-9020 9” x 20” (229 x 508mm) £8.75
Fold along scored lines for snug fit.
Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.
722-9028 9” x 28” (229 x 711mm) £8.40
722-1022 10” x 22” (254 x 559mm) £9.70
step 3 722-1030 10” x 30” (254 x 762mm) £10.00
Encase book top to bottom.
722-1124 11” x 24” (279 x 610mm) £8.80
Again fold along appropriate
score line. Attach Velcoin to 722-1132 11” x 32” (279 x 813mm) £12.50
complete the enclosure. 722-1226 12” x 26” (305 x 660mm) £12.45
722-1234 12” x 34” (305 x 864mm) £11.85
722-1430 14” x 30” (356 x 762mm) £14.15
722-1436 14” x 36” (356 x 915mm) £15.40
II Adjustable Book Storage Boxes
Create your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 450gsm boards. These soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every
0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional
supply, see below). See How-To on this page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.

II Document Pamphlet Binders II Document Preservation Folders


With 40pt. Board. Superior heavyweight shelving These folders are ideal for pamphlets or documents
or drawer binder protection for your most valuable without much bulk. Store them vertically or horizon-
documents and pamphlets. Each binder is made of tally. Sturdy grey genuine pressboard folders offer an
our acid-free and lignin-free 1000gsm rigid board inexpensive means of storing documents. The inner
with a 225gsm internal storage folder and a flex- folder is sturdy Perma/Dur® which is acid-free, and
ible 6mm spine. These binders, buffered with 3% lignin-free.
calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, provide Price per package of 5 Folders.
protection during handling or storage and may
be shelved vertically. Features a 6mm spine for easy Product Code size wt Price
access and indexing. 323-1159 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 0.86kg £25.95
Price each. 323-1509 9” x 15” (229 x 381mm) 1.18kg £22.95

Product Code binder size folder size Price


801-1189 308 x 235mm 289 x 229mm £7.60
II Drama/Playbook Binders
801-1449 381 x 235mm 368 x 229mm £8.90
Binders designed specifically for the protection
and storage of drama/playbooks. Manufactured of
sturdy 1300gsm blue/grey board, they are hinged
with our strong, acid-free linen tape. The expanding
interior folder provides a full 6mm spine and is made
of acid-free cream white Perma/Dur® stock. These
binders are strong enough to store vertically or
horizontally.
Price per package of 5 Binders.

Product Code size wt Price


740-6080 6” x 8” (152 x 203mm) 0.55kg £20.52
740-6595 6.5” x 9.5” (165 x 241mm) 0.64kg £21.77
740-75105 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 0.59kg £27.08

II Oversized Print Folders


(for Panoramas, Albumen Prints & Colour Photos) II Wide Spine Document Binder
Our long, continuous folders may be easily cut to size to fit your panoramas, oversize Our Wide Spine Document Preservation Binders
albumin prints and colour photos. Made of our unbuffered, lignin-free and acid-free 225gsm accommodate thicker pamphlets and small books
Perma/Dur® folder stock in a pale cream colour, these long flush cut folders are 12" and with a full 13mm spine and 13mm expansion on
24" high and 36" long. Simply cut the length and height to fit your requirements using a interior folder. Binder is made of sturdy 725gsm.
standard paper cutter or scissors. These durable folders provide protection from handling, genuine Pearl Gray Pressboard with an acid free,
dust and dirt and may be stored in standard size metal flat files. If you are storing on shelves, lignin-free folder of 225gsm. Perma Dur®.
we recommend you put the folders in our tan drop-front print storage boxes (call our Price per package of 5 binders.
customer service for special sizes). Price per package of 25 folders.
Product Code size wt Price
Product Code size (H x W) wt Price 324-70102 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 0.77kg £31.71
313-1236 12” x 36” (305 x 914mm) 2.64kg £47.07 324-91152 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 1.00kg £35.55
313-2436 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 4.95kg £69.45 324-10132 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 1.23kg £43.96

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 41


II Archival Polyester

Product Code Format Box Code Micron Size (mm) Size (inches) Price 25pk
565-0503 Photo size 50 126 x 86 5 x 3.4 £8.50
565-0504 Photo size 799-0405 50 132 x 107 5.2 x 4.2 £8.50
565-4070 Photo size 50 146 x 95 5.75 x 3.75 £8.50
565-0604 Postcard 780-4612 50 152 x 102 6x4 £8.50
565-650 A6 + 10mm 799-6412 50 158 x 115 6.2 x 4.5 £9.00
565-1217 Photo size 799-0507 50 178 x 116 7 x 4.5 £10.00
565-0705 Photo size 799-0507 50 183 x 132 7.2 x 5.2 £11.00
565-272 Photo size 735-0806 50 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 £11.00
565-550 A5 + 10mm 735-0906 50 220 x 158 8.6 x 6.2 £10.50
565-575 A5 + 10mm 735-0906 75 220 x 158 8.6 x 6.2 £11.50
565-3580 Bank note 50 203 x 89 8 x 3.5 £11.00
565-0906 Photo size 735-0906 75 229 x 152 9x6 £12.50
565-1008 Photo size 733-8103 50 254 x 203 10 x 8 £13.50
565-1007 Comic size 50 267 x 190 10.5 x 7.5 £15.50

II Archival Polyester Pockets


565-8105 Photo size 733-8103 50 260 x 210 10.25 x 8.25 £13.50
565-0810 Photo size 733-8103 75 260 x 210 10.25 x 8.25 £14.50
565-2523 Photo size 75 254 x 235 10 x 9.25 £13.50
PEL pockets are used for conservation quality archival storage 565-10105 Photo size 75 260 x 260 10.25 x 10.25 £16.00
for works of art on paper. 565-1155 Photo size 733-9123 75 280 x 216 11 x 8.5 £15.00
Archivists and Conservators insist on polyester for glass clear, 565-1190 Print size 733-9123 75 292 x 235 11.5 x 9 £15.00
inert protection, knowing it will not crack or yellow with age. 565-1285 A4 + 5mm 733-9123 75 304 x 216 11.97 x 8.5 £15.50
565-450 A4 + 10mm 733-1293 50 307 x 220 12 x 8.6 £14.00
It’s so strong it withstands constant handling.
565-475 A4 + 10mm 733-1293 75 307 x 220 12 x 8.6 £15.50
Standard pockets are open on one short side. We also offer a 565-1297 Print size 733-1015 75 310 x 245 12.2 x 9.65 £17.00
complete range of sleeves which have both short sides open. 565-1210 Photo size 733-1015 75 320 x 250 12.6 x 9.8 £18.00
565-1308 Foolscap 75 340 x 214 13.4 x 8.4 £17.00
We have included in the format column the nearest box size. 565-09145 Photo size 75 356 x 232 14 x 9.13 £18.50
You should ensure the size tolerance is acceptable and this is 565-11145 Photo size 733-2011 75 360 x 285 14.2 x 11.2 £22.00
only a guide. 565-3617 Certificate 75 365 x 174 14.37 x 6.85 £20.50
565-14095 Photo size 735-3826 75 368 x 235 14.5 x 9 £20.00
We can supply other sizes and configurations such as open 565-1411 Photo size 735-3826 75 362 x 286 14.25 x 11.25 £20.50
two adjacent sides, long side and in sizes to suit your 565-1612 Photo size 735-4433 75 413 x 313 16.25 x 12.6 £23.00
requirements. Prices on application, minimum quantities 565-350 A3 + 10mm 735-4433 50 430 x 307 17 x 12 £22.00
may apply. Contact our customer services department. 565-375 A3 + 10mm 735-4433 75 430 x 307 17 x 12 £23.00
565-4532 Newspaper 732-1813 75 450 x 320 17.7 x 12.6 £31.00
565-1915 Photo size 75 485 x 380 19.10 x 14.96 £32.00
565-1913 Photo size 75 488 x 335 19.2 x 13.2 £28.00
565-1625 Photo size 733-0211 75 513 x 413 20.2 x 16.25 £35.00
565-2117 Print size 75 533 x 432 21 x 17 £38.00
565-5537 Newspaper 732-1522 75 550 x 370 21.6 x 14.5 £38.00
565-275 A2 + 10mm 75 604 x 430 23.8 x 17 £48.00
II Polyester Film Marking Pens 565-2418 Print size 75 610 x 457 24 x 18 £48.00
565-2420 Photo size 732-2243 75 616 x 514 24.25 x 20.25 £55.00
Ideal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of
565-6247 Newspaper 732-1925 75 625 x 470 24.6 x 18.5 £51.00
contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink is 565-2618 Map print 75 660 x 458 26 x 18 £56.00
non-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof. 565-3022 Newspaper 732-2331 75 775 x 575 30.5 x 22.6 £72.00
Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate, 565-175 A1 + 10mm 75 851 x 604 33.5 x 23.8 £75.00
glass, plastic and metal. 565-3624 Map print 75 915 x 610 36 x 24 £79.00
Available in two colours. 565-3011 Print size 75 1016 x 635 40 x 25 £86.00
565-0575 OS map 75 1016 x 821 40 x 32.3 £112.00
Price each.
565-3042 OS map 100 1060 x 750 41.73 x 29.53 £135.00
565-750 OS map 75 1060 x 750 41.73 x 29.53 £108.00
Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price 565-075 A0 + 10mm 75 1199 x 851 47.20 x 33.5 £135.00
642-0050 0.5mm Black 9g £1.59
642-1050 0.5mm Red 9g £1.59 Product Code Format Box Code Micron Size (mm) Size (inches) Price 10pk
565-14586 Cabinet size 75 1450 x 860 57.07 x 33.86 £69.00
565-11786 Cabinet size 75 1170 x 860 open 46.06 x 33.86 £58.00
565-9011 Cabinet size 75 900 x 1100 open 35.43 x 43.31 £55.00
565-6086 Cabinet size 75 600 x 860 open 23.62 x 33.86 £31.00
565-3724 OS map 75 955 x 625 37.6 x 24.6 £36.00
565-4733 OS map 75 1200 x 841 47.25 x 33.1 £55.00
565-5137 OS map 75 1320 x 955 51.97 x 37.6 £69.00
565-5630 OS map 75 1422 x 762 56 x 30 £67.00

42 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Polyester Archival II

Product Code Micron Size (mm x m) Type Price II Archival Polyester Rolls
415-1255 125 1270mm x 25M anti-static £93.50
Product Code Micron Size (mm x M) Size (inches x feet) Price Polyester rolls are a convenient way of handling polyester espe-
415-1250 125 1067mm x 50M 42” x 164ft £107.00 cially when your requirements are for various sizes. We can
415-1251 125 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £165.00 supply special thicknesses and roll sizes however minimums will
415-1005 100 1067mm x 50M 42” x 164ft £93.25 apply, contact our customer services department.
415-100 100 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £38.00 Stock sizes are as shown and are available for
415-753 75 1067mm x 100M 42” x 328ft £147.50 immediate despatch.
415-755 75 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £105.00
415-75 75 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £29.70
415-5020 75 500mm x 20M 12.7” x 65ft £15.00
415-503 50 1067mm x 100M 42” x 328ft £102.50
415-0050 50 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £20.25
415-12 12 1524mm x 100M 60” x 328ft £48.75
415-36 36 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £52.50
415-0200 50 50mm x 152M 2” x 500ft £14.70
415-0150 50 38mm x 152M 1.5” x 500ft £10.95
415-0010 50 25mm x 152M 1” x 500ft £7.30

Product Code Size (mm) Micron Price 100 Sheets II Archival Polyester Sheets
415-175 A1 + 10mm 851mm x 604mm 75 £89.95
415-275 A2 + 10mm 604mm x 430mm 75 £45.75 Polyester Sheets are used on our polyester sealing machines.
415-375 A3 + 10mm 430mm x 307mm 75 £23.25 Sheets are also used for interleaving and other conservation
415-475 A4 + 10mm 307mm x 220mm 75 £11.95 methods.
Sheets remain perfectly flat, they do not curl like polyester cut
from a roll. All sheets are supplied interleaved with tissue
between each sheet. We offer convenient sizes however, we
can supply sheets to your required size. Minimums will apply,
contact our customer services department.
Pack of 100 sheets.

Product Code Micron Size (inches) Size (mm) Price II Archival Polyester Sleeves
780-1913 75 19.2 x 13.18 488 x 335 £68.00
780-1612 75 16.25 x 12.3 413 x 313 £64.00 Polyester sleeves are open on two short ends and sealed on
780-375 75 17 x 12 430 x 307 £64.00 both long sides. We only use 100% archival polyester film in
780-350 50 17 x 12 430 x 307 £52.00 the manufacturing of these glass clear acid free sleeves. The
780-14095 75 14.5 x 9 368 x 235 £48.00 material is identical to our polyester pockets, the price is lower
because they are produced automatically, removing expensive
780-1411 75 14.25 x 11.25 362 x 286 £49.00
labour costs.
780-1114 75 14.2 x 11.2 360 x 285 £52.00
780-09145 75 14 x 9.13 356 x 232 £45.00 Another benefit of archival sleeves is the less likelihood of
780-1308 75 13.4 x 8.4 340 x 214 £42.00 damaging the paper or photo when inserting into the sleeve.
780-1210 75 12.6 x 9.8 320 x 250 £44.00 The natural cling of polyester helps to prevent the contents
780-1297 75 12.2 x 9.6 310 x 245 £42.00 falling out.
780-475 75 12 x 8.6 307 x 220 £39.00 Pack of 100 sleeves.
780-450 50 12 x 8.6 307 x 220 £36.00
780-1285 75 11.97 x 8.5 304 x 216 £36.00
780-1190 75 11.5 x 9 292 x 235 £38.00
780-1155 75 11 x 8.5 280 x 216 £38.00
780-1010 75 10.25 x 10.25 260 x 260 £40.00
780-8105 50 10.25 x 8.25 260 x 210 £36.00
780-0810 75 10.25 x 8.25 260 x 210 £38.00
780-1008 50 10 x 8 254 x 203 £36.00
780-0906 75 9x6 229 x 152 £34.00
780-550 50 8.6 x 6.2 220 x 158 £29.00
780-575 75 8.6 x 6.2 220 x 158 £31.00
780-272 50 8.5 x 5.5 216 x 140 £30.00
780-0705 50 7.2 x 5.2 183 x 132 £29.00
780-1711 50 4.55 x 7 178 x 116 £28.00
780-650 50 6.2 x 4.5 158 x 115 £26.00
780-0604 50 6x4 152 x 102 £24.00
780-1495 50 3.75 x 5.75 146 x 95 £24.00
780-0504 50 5.2 x 4.2 132 x 107 £24.00
780-0503 50 5 x 3.4 126 x 86 £24.00

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 43


II Polyester Sealing Machines

II Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing Machine


Preservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted worldwide. After years of experience with
the previous Crossweld we have now introduced the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health
and safety approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally stepping on it (health and safety
liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen
with this new machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continually weld very wide sheets, up
to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows much more room to work with the material you are sealing.
The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth protecting the welding element is simply
replaced by winding new material into place from the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds. We have
increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width between the jaws as on the old machine. For wider
material you can now continuously weld in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used. II Monarch Economy™
The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every time. The Crossweld can be used for sealing Polyester Sealing Machine
various thicknesses of polyester film, it will weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek,
Make Your Own Melinex® Envelopes & Encapsulation Units
PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have made replacing the heating element so easy
(not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet. The Monarch Economy Polyester Sealing Machine edge seals
polyester sheets in about 3-5 seconds. The single action clap
Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth. Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use. and alignment grid provide positive positioning and ease of
operation.
Product Code Description Price
806-7000 Power supply: 240 volts £1995.00 The adjustable timer allows you to vary settings for different
806-7000-110 Power supply: 110 volts £1995.00 weights of polyester. A built in light sensor indicates completed
Weld length: 700mm continuous weld. An ideal machine for creating adhesive-free encapsulation
Dimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm high units, folders, and envelopes.
Weight: 58kg Welding capacity: 750mm continuous

Product Code Description Price Product Code wt Price


806-7001 Spare heating element £8.50 806-6000 18.2kg £1399.00
806-7002 Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm £32.00 Monarch Sealing Machine
806-7003 Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m £41.00 805-ME710 90g £9.95
806-7004 Floor mounting stand £249.00 Monarch Replacement Element

44 www.preservationequipment.com
A4 Format Archival Multihole Album Pages II

II A4 Format Archival
Multihole Album Pages
These archival album and binder pages are manufactured for
PEL to a high conservation standard. Made from inert, clear,
acid-free polypropylene. The pages are designed to fit A4 and
A5 paper sizes with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring binders.
The pages have a soft clear quality feel with an attractive
Product Code Overall Size Pocket size Price appearance making them one of our most popular best
525-00A4 302 x 235mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm £12.75 pack 100 selling products.
525-00A4/10 302 x 235mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm £115.00 pack 1000
525-00A5 302 x 235mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm £13.95 pack 100 If you use binders that are in constant use then this product
525-00A5/10 302 x 235mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm £124.75 pack 1000 will be ideal. The smooth surface allows you to flick through
the pages with ease. For more albums and boxbinders see
Museum Boxbinder
page 31.
735-BB3 330 x 290 x 60mm Three 38mm D-Ring £10.95 each
735-BB4 330 x 290 x 60mm Four 38mm D-Ring £10.95 each Buy 1,000 pages and you save 10%.

II Preservation Time Capsule


Designed for PEL by a scientist who recommended we use marine 316 stainless steel that will not rust even in salt water. Comes complete with a PTFE sealing gasket. The materials
will not affect the contents, the time capsule is water tight and will survive thousands of years into the unknown future. Papers may need to be de-acidified so they contain no acid
and to stop deterioration (see solutions available in this catalogue). Separate each item with archival quality bags, rubber and some plastics will emit acidic vapours, so avoid them.
Remove batteries from electrical devices. We also suggest you have your details engraved onto the time capsule.
Product Code: 412-0008 £379.00
size: 220mm Diameter x 600mm Long

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 45


II Sleeves, Envelopes, Bags

II A. Archival Quality Polyethylene Bags


Prints and posters exposed to repeated
handling deserve to be protected from the
damaging effects of dirty hands, dust,
and moisture. Accomplish this easily and
inexpensively with the use of these quality
polyethylene bags. Each bag is manufactured
of 50 micron uncoated polyethylene, which is
A. chemically inert and will not harm your
valuable materials. Smaller bags each hold
one matted print; the largest bag holds multiple prints, but is ideally suited
for protecting up to 25 sheets of mounting board or archival corrugated board until ready
for use. Pack 100 bags. 500-3547 Pack 50

Product Code size wt Price


500-0810 8.25” x 10.375” (210 x 264mm) 0.41kg £9.25
500-1114 11.375” x 14.25” (289 x 362mm) 0.68kg £13.25
500-1418 14.375” x 18.25” (365 x 464mm) 1.36kg £16.80
500-2024 20.375” x 24.25” (518 x 616mm) 1.82kg £36.80
500-2431 24.5” x 31.375” (622 x 797mm) 2.05kg £42.50
500-3547 35.75” x 47.375” (908 x 1203mm) 2.18kg £43.70

II B. Polyester Protector Bags


For books, pamphlets, paperbacks, objects or collectables.
These lightweight 25 micron bags contour to irregular shapes
& are inexpensive for the storage of most common materials.
Archival polyester with flap for sealing. Best seller with comic
collectors.
Price per package of 100 bags.

Product Code size wt Price


565-2156 6.25” x 8.25” (159 x 210mm) 318g £42.55
565-2158 6.875” x 10.375” (175 x 264mm) 364g £36.26
565-2162 7.875” x 10.5” (200 x 267mm) 500g £40.11
565-2153 8.875” x 11.75” (225 x 299mm) 500g £55.16

B.
II C. Polyethylene Zipper Bags
Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made from 50
micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices
giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are
completely inert and transparent. They have many uses
in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage
of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, arch-
aeological spacimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are
water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of
sizes for a variety of uses.
Pack 500 and 200 bags.

Product Code size qty Price


500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60
500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40
500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85
500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00
500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70
500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25
C. 500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70
500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30
500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70
500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60
500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96 x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

46 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Print/Negative Storage II

II D. Archival Quality Polyester Pockets


Prints and posters exposed to repeated handling deserve to be protected from the
damaging effects of dirty hands, dust and moisture. Polyester is the best material available
for this purpose. Each pocket is manufactured from 75 Micron ICI Melinex top grade archival
polyester film, which is chemically inert and will not harm your valuable collection. Below are
listed photographic sizes, you will find a more complete range on page 43. We can make
them to your size requirement, just contact our customer service department for a quotation.
Pack Quantity 25.

Product Code size Price


565-2420 24.25” x 20.25” (616mm x 514mm) £55.00
565-2418 24” x 18” (610mm x 457mm) £48.00
565-1625 20.2” x 16.25” (513mm x 413mm) £35.00
565-1612 16.25” x 12.3” (413mm x 313mm) £23.00
565-1411 14.25” x 11.25” (362mm x 286mm) £20.50
565-1210 12.6” x 9.8” (320mm x 250mm) £18.00
565-475 12” x 8.6” (307mm x 220mm) £15.50 D.
565-1155 11” x 8.5” (280mm x 216mm) £15.00
565-10105 10.25” x 10.25” (260mm x 260mm) £16.00
565-0810 10.25” x 8.25” (260mm x 210mm) £14.50
565-0906 9” x 6” (229mm x 152mm) £12.50
565-650 6.2” x 4.5” (158mm x 115mm) £9.00
565-0504 5.2” x 4.2” (132mm x 107mm) £8.50
See page 43 many other sizes.

II E. Easy Access Photo/Negative Sleeves


With Self-Locking Flap
Lightweight, clear polyethylene protectors provide long term
protection for the storage and handling of your entire collection at
very reasonable cost. Each protector opens on the side for easy
insertion or removal of materials and the flap seal provides a secure
closure. Soft, less rigid transparent polyethylene will not scratch the
emulsion side of your photographs and the protector will not yellow
or crack with age.
Price per package.

Product Code neg/print size wt Qty/Pkg Price


511-0045 4” x 5” (102 x 127mm) 0.14kg 50 £5.30
511-0057 5” x 7” (127 x 178mm) 0.18kg 50 £8.02
511-0810 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 0.45kg 50 £13.59
511-1114 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 0.50kg 25 £14.07
511-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 0.55kg 25 £40.43

E.
II F. Archival Polyester Polyester Sleeve Protectors
An easy method for protecting your prints or other items from dust, dirt and scratches
during storage and handling. Our best crystal clear sleeves make superb viewing easy
without removing the item from the sleeve. Archivally safe polyester material assures that
neither the sleeve nor adjacent prints will chemically react with the enclosed print. Sleeves
have the two long sides sealed and are open at each end for easy access. Sleeves may be
marked with our film marking pen (page 17) or labelled for identification with our acid-free
foil-back labels, (page 64).
Price per package. See page 43 for full range
25/Pkg.
Product Code sleeve size wt Price F.
780-4070 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 0.09kg £6.75
780-4060 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm) 0.14kg £7.00
780-0507 5.2” x 7.2” (132 x 183mm) 0.14kg £8.00
780-1217 4.55” x 7” (116 x 178mm) 0.18kg £8.00
100/Pkg.
Product Code sleeve size wt Price
780-0504 4.2” x 5.2” (107 x 132mm) 0.27kg £24.00 Our Polyester Photo Mounting Sleeves on
780-0705 5.2” x 7.2” (132 x 183mm) 0.41kg £29.00
780-0810 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 0.91kg £38.00
page 62 allow you to mount photo in
780-1155 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 1.00kg £38.00 sleeve directly to mounting page.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 47


II Storage Special Collections

II “See Thru” Polyester Map, Newspaper & Print Envelopes II Polyester L-Velopes
These large envelopes offer an excellent approach to the practical archival storage of large These L-Velopes are sealed on 2 adjacent sides for easy insertion and removal of your
maps, prints or broadsides. These envelopes offer archival storage while giving complete valuable covers and documents. Static electricity in the archival polyester clings to materials,
visibility to its contents. Made of 75 micron archival polyester, with 3 edges sealed. providing security while making complete enclosure unnecessary. One long side and one short
Price per package of 5. side are thermo-welded for long life. Sturdy archival 75 micron archival polyester assures the
utmost in safety, strength, clarity and longevity. Guaranteed non-yellowing and stable.
Product Code size wt Price Price per package of 10.
565-2769 11” x 17” (279 x 432mm) 364g £6.95
565-1721 17” x 21” (432 x 533mm) 636g £9.95 Product Code Outside Dimensions of L-Velopes™ Fits Box Price
565-1824 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 773g £11.50 737-2510 2.5” x 10.12” (64 x 257mm) £2.50
565-2777 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 1.41kg £19.50 737-0810 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 733-8103 £6.95
737-0912 9.25” x 12.25” (235 x 311mm) 733-9123 £7.95
737-9514 9.5” x 14.25” (241 x 362mm) 735-9123 £8.95
737-1114 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 733-1153 £9.95
737-1714 17.375” x 14.375” (442 x 365mm) 733-1418 £12.95
737-1620 16.25” x 20.25” (413 x 514mm) 733-1623 £14.95
737-2420 20.25” x 24.25” (514 x 616mm) 733-2024 £21.95

fig.1 fig.2

fig.3

II Self-Sealing L-Velopes®
Now you can protect your photos, ephemera, maps, or documents safely and easily between
sheets of archival quality polyester using no adhesives! These Self-Sealing L-Velopes® are
made of polyester to support their contents and protect them from stress, dirt, fingerprints and
atmospheric pollutants. Great for temporary displays or items that need to be handled
frequently. Self-Sealing L-Velopes are easy to use: two adjacent sides open (fig.1) so sheet slips
safely in (fig.2) then flaps fold over to make a seal (fig.3). The process is just as easily reversible
with no damage to contents.
Price per package of 5 L-Velopes. II Coin Envelopes
Acid-free, paper coin envelopes with flap. Insert the coin, fold over the (ungummed) flap
Product Code Micron fits up to wt Price
to hold the coin. Safe for handling, protecting from fingerprints, dust and dirt.
738-0811 75 216 x 279mm (8.5” x 11”) 182g £10.15
738-0912 75 229 x 305mm (9” x 12”) 182g £11.95
738-1114 75 279 x 356mm (11” x 14”) 318g £13.30 Product Code size quantity Price
738-1117 75 279 x 432mm (11” x 17”) 364g £14.35 876-5050 50mm x 50mm) 100 £5.35
738-1217 75 305 x 432mm (12” x 17”) 364g £14.35 876-COIN-S 50mm x 50mm 1000 £35.50

48 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Archival Print Boxes II

A. Archival Print Boxes

II A. Archival Print Boxes II B. Archival A Size Boxes


Made exclusivity for PEL these archival print boxes are ideal for single prints and other works The A size acid free boxes are designed to store international paper sizes from A1 to A5.
of art on paper. The print boxes are made with acid free board covered in black book cloth. The
Modern A size archival boxes have previously been hard to find, PEL is the only company to offer
white acid free interior assures you that your collection is safe from natural deterioration.
true archival conservation quality in the international A size as standard.
The small capacity is 15mm deep which allows storage for a small selection of sheets ensuring
The archival boxes are 50mm deep, the metal corners remove the need for adhesives which
damage is removed from over filled deep boxes of documents.
may dry out or off gas. The boxes can be stacked, heavy full ones will not crush the partly full
For additional protection use our polyester pockets on page 42, we have entered below the or empty ones due to the strength of the metal corners.
product code for the pocket which is suitable for each box.
The PEL matt black outside and white inside conservation boxboard is used for both purity
The separate lid fits completely over the box base for secure protection. and strength. The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thick board and metal edge
construction make these boxes your best choice for lasting protection. Buffered with 3%
Product Code Format Polyester Pocket Internal Size Price calcium carbonate for additional protection from airborne pollutants. For additional archival
507-1005 A5 565-575 225 x 160 x 15mm £12.00 protection we have included the polyester pocket product code for each box.
504-1004 A4 565-475 310 x 225 x 15mm £13.50
507-1003 A3 565-375 435 x 320 x 15mm £15.60 Product Code Format Internal Size Polester Pocket Price
507-1002 A2 565-275 610 x 435 x 15mm £23.60 732-1005 A5 225 x 165 x 50 565-575 £6.55
732-1004 A4 315 x 225 x 50 565-475 £7.55
732-1003 A3 435 x 315 x 50 565-375 £8.95
732-1002 A2 610 x 435 x 50 565-275 £12.95
732-1001 A1 860 x 610 x 50 565-175 £15.25

B. Archival A Size Boxes

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 49


II Boxes Flat Storage

50 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Flat Storage Boxes II

II E-Flute Blue/Grey
Flat Storage Boxes
Consider lightweight E-Flute acid-free, lignen free
corrugated blue/grey board. Each contains a 3% calcium
carbonate buffer. Available in three convenient sizes.
Price each.

Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free


1/16” Yes Blue/Grey Short Lid RTA Yes

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price


612-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.3kg £16.00
612-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.5kg £19.25
612-0038 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 1.14kg £23.10

II B-Flute Blue/Grey
Flat Storage Boxes
The standard for protection. Our B-Flute acid-free corrugated
boxes offer durability with no sacrifice in archival quality.
Available in three convenient sizes.
Price each.

Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free


1/8” Yes Blue/Grey Short Lid RTA Yes

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price


613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.4kg £11.85
613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.6kg £12.40
613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 0.8kg £15.80

II Kraft
Flat Storage Boxes
Made from our cost effecient acid-free tan corrugated.
These boxes ship flat and snap together in seconds
without tools, tapes, or adhesives. Available in three
convenient sizes.
Price each.

Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free


1/8” No Tan Short Lid RTA No

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price


540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.4kg £5.65
540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.6kg £6.65
540-0038 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 0.8kg £8.90

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 51


II Box Really Useful

Serving
Museums,
Libraries
& Archives
Worldwide

II Really Useful Box


These transparent polypropylene multi-purpose boxes are acid-free, suitable for archives and
are conservation quality. They are exceptionally strong, stackable and come complete with a lid
and locking handles.
The 35 litre size is also available in folding format making it very useful for keeping a quantity
ready in your disaster kit, product code 755-0035/F.
For storage of CDs and DVDs, the 18 litre box is rigid, strong and is ideal for safe storage of this
type of media. Another very useful (really useful box) box is the 35 litre with an integral lip to
accommodate foolscap suspension file folders, see page 36. This makes the box ideal for mobile
filing or as archive storage.
The 9 litre box is designed to take A4 paper size and is one of the best selling sizes. Another
valuable size is the 1 litre used for small fragments especially on archaeological site digs. The
locking lid ensures contents are secure, even if the box is knocked over.
Dimensions: Length x Width x Depth.

Product Code Litre Size External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Price


755-0001 0.7 155 x 100 x 80 120 x 80 x 70 £0.95
755-0015 1.5 355 x 100 x 70 320 x 80 x 60 £2.80
755-0002 1.6 195 x 135 x 110 150 x 110 x 95 £1.87
755-0003 3 245 x 180 x 160 190 x 143 x 120 £2.80
755-0004 4 395 x 248 x 88 348 x 220 x 68 £3.73
755-0006 6 465 x 270 x 85 400 x 225 x 70 £4.67
755-0009 9 395 x 255 x 155 335 x 210 x 140 £4.67
755-0010 10 520 x 340 x 85 460 x 295 x 70 £6.53
755-0011 11 450 x 350 x 120 365 x 300 x 91 £5.60
755-0018 18 480 x 390 x 200 380 x 310 x 170 £7.47
755-0019 19 395 x 255 x 290 315 x 205 x 270 £7.47
755-0020 20 710 x 440 x 120 610 x 370 x 90 £9.33
755-0021 21 480 x 390 x 230 380 x 310 x 200 £9.33
755-0035 35 480 x 390 x 310 370 x 310 x 280 £10.59
755-0035/F 35 Folding 485 x 390 x 325 380 x 320 x 290 £12.45
755-0038 38 480 x 390 x 345 370 x 310 x 280 £12.45
755-0042 42 520 x 440 x 310 405 x 365 x 280 £10.92
755-0050 50 710 x 440 x 230 605 x 370 x 200 £10.92
755-0064 64 710 x 440 x 310 605 x 370 x 280 £12.60
755-0084 84 710 x 440 x 380 605 x 370 x 355 £15.96
755-00TR Trolley fits 50, 64 & 84 litre boxes £39.20
755-00TS Trolley fits 18, 21, 35 & 38 litre boxes £23.40

52 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Really Useful Box Storage II

II Archiving Shelf Kits – Really Useful Boxes


Due to the success of the Really Useful Boxes we can now offer racking designed by PEL together with our racking manufacturer. The shelves are especially made for the boxes. The paint is of
conservation standard and does not off gas, making the archive racking suitable for museum storage and archiving. The kits are supplied flat packed and are easy to assemble.
Really Useful Box storage bays can be used with other sizes of boxes to suit your requirements. Each shelf will take 78kg. Please be aware that weights quoted are for uniformly distributed weights.
Graphite grey uprights with light grey shelves.
Please note, prices are for shelving only. Boxes must be ordered separately.

Product Code Size (mm) Boxes Shelves Price


502-0704 1850H x 900W x 450D 10 x 35 litres 4 £129.35
502-0705 1850H x 900W x 370D 48 x 4 litres 5 £148.85
502-0706 1850H x 900W x 450D 10 x 35 litres 6 £159.20

II Really Useful Box Trays


The trays are designed to fit inside the 755-0035 Really Useful
Box. The system is ideal for storing fragments, specimens,
small fossils, minerals, shells, jewellery, medals and various
artefact collections. We recommend our 979-1000, 100%
polyester batting/wadding to create nests to protect fragile
contents.
Really Useful Box Trays are 90mm deep and you can fit 3 trays
into the 35 litre box.
Each tray has a lip to allow the trays to be stacked neatly and
prevents them slipping apart. They sit squarely on each other
and this allows them to be used without a box if necessary.

Product Code: 502-00T1 £4.25


External Dimensions (mm): 375 x 310 x 90mm
No. of compartments & size: 6 x 150mm x 20mm
Product Code: 502-00T2 £4.25
External Dimensions (mm): 373 x 308 x 90mm
No. of compartments & size: 16 x 90mm x 74mm

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 53


II Dehumidifiers

II A. Heavy Duty Humidifier


Suitable for areas requiring quiet operation and smart appearance.
Will remove 25 litres of moisture per day, through built in water tank or continuous drainage option.
The dehumidifier has a variable humidity control for the RH level you require. The features on this
model are normally found on more expensive units. Automatic defrost, washable nylon filter, fitted
castors, automatic water tank full shut off, full tank alarm or light.

Product Code: 810-0036 £259.50


Power Supply 220/240 volt
Energy Use 0.463 Kw
Operating Temperature 5-35ºC
Water Tank 10 litres
Dimensions 530mm H x 340mm W x 425mm D
Weight 22.6 Kilo
Noise Level 55.7 Max dB
A.

II B. Extra Heavy Duty Humidifier


This dehumidifier is ideal for use in occupied buildings with a sound level of 63dB at 3 metres.
Despite its power it works off a 13 amp electrical socket, just plug in and go.
The housing body is powder coated to resist rust and has the strength to soak up inevitable knocks.
Water removal rate is up to 60 litres per 24 hours with a standard outlet stub for a garden hose.
The wide fin spaced coil blocks help to prevent coil clogging to deliver the designed performance
over longer periods. This robust unit is designed to be powerful, efficient and highly mobile.

Product Code: 810-0060 £986.00


Power Supply 230 volt
Energy Use 0.8 Kw
Water Removal 60 litres per 24 hours
Air Flow (average) 300 cfm
Operating Range 5ºC to 30ºC
Refrigerant R134A
Noise Level 63dB
Dimensions 950mm H x 360mm W x 410mm D
Weight 36 kilo

B.

II C. Extreme Heavy Duty Dehumidifier


This Dehumidifier is a very quick unit, when speed of drying is required such as drying out an entire
building after flooding.
This extreme heavy duty dehumidifier can remove 170 litres of moisture/water per day. Built to
withstand the rigours of a disaster site this unit operates on 230 or 110 volt. It is fitted with
automatic pump out and purge button as standard.
Operates off normal 13 amp electrical plug. The unit has a built in trolley with large handle for
mobility and is easy to lift with two side handles.

Product Code 810-0170 £2,200.00


Power Supply 230 or 110 volt
Energy Use 2.3 Kw
Drainage Continuous
Moisture Removal 170 litres day (37 gallons)
Air Volume in free air 1000 m3/hr
C. Maximum Static Pressure 450 pascals
Dimensions 999mm H x 571mm W x 599mm D
Weight 63 kilo

54 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Air Conditioning II

D.
E.

II D. Air Conditioning Mobile Unit


Many customers have requested we include an air conditioning unit to our range of products. After
serious investigation and research we have decided on a unit suitable for museums, archives and
libraries.
We are offering two models, one at 23000 btu and one at 28000 btu. Both are commercial air F.
conditioning units capable of providing air conditioning to rooms 100 square metres (1000 sq ft),
product code 810-0023 and 160 square metres (1700 sq ft), product code 810-0028.
II E. Mobile Air Conditioning Units
This climate control system has soft touch controls for switching between heating and cooling. The
The units work off 3 pin standard 13 amp electrical socket and can be used up to 65 feet (20m) powerful 15000 btu (4.4Kw) heating and cooling capacity gives hot or cool climate control all year
from an external wall. round. The heat pump technology together with an additional evaporative cooling feature keeps
The units have a removable water tank with automatic cut off or continuous drainage options. The energy costs down. The three fan speed climate control unit is very quiet at maximum only 50 db at
2.5 metre exhaust hose is permanently attached and stored inside the unit. Spot cool attachment the low setting is just 46 db. Suitable for 100 cubic metre large rooms, offices, studios and other hot
hose is available and comes in 10 metre lengths. This allows cooling directed to where you need spots. No water tank to empty when cooling; just set the temperature and forget about it.
it. This model has an evaporative mode which allows an increase in humidity if required
Product Code 810-0028 £2,853.00
Power Supply 220/240 volt Product Code 810-0150 £425.00
Energy Use 2.3 Kw Power Supply 230 volt
Cooling Power 28000 btu (8.2 Kw) Energy Use 1.6 Kw
Air Delivery 850 cfm (1420m/hr) Noise Level Max 50 dB low 46 dB
Refrigerant R417A Dimensions 815mm H x 370mm W x 595mm D
Exhaust Diameter 8" (200mm) Weight 40 kilo
Cooling Duct Diameter 6" (150mm)
Range 21º C to 35ºC
Noise 65 dB II F. Mobile Air Conditioning Units
Dimensions 1450mm H x 530mm W x 690mm D Hot or Cool climate control for use all year round. No need to empty the water tank when cooling.
Weight 97 kilo
This full remote control mobile unit cools and heats; simply set the temperature and the system
Product Code 810-0023 £1,870.00 automatically keeps the room temperature level. Easy to install and simple to use. The unit has
Power Supply 220/240 volt a heavy duty chassis with castors for easy repositioning and comes complete with 2 metre
exhaust hose and window mounting board.
Energy Use 1.8 Kw
Cooling Power 23000 btu (6.7 Kw) Uses ozone friendly R407C refrigerant, suitable for areas of up to 60 square metres. The three
Air Delivery 650 cfm (1100m/hr) fan speeds have a very low noise level at maximum 48 dB and 42 dB at low level.
Refrigerant R417A
Exhaust Diameter 6" (150mm) Product Code 810-0140 £399.00
Cooling Duct Diameter 6" (150mm) Power Supply 230 volt
Range 21ºC to 35ºC Energy Use 1.55 Kw
Noise 65 dB Noise Level Max 48 dB Low 42 dB
Dimensions 1080mm H x 530mm W x 690mm D Dimensions 800mm H x 570mm W x 410mm D
Weight 86 kilo Weight 35 Kilo

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 55


II Film Containers

II Film Containers 16mm film container. Price each.

The Analog Media Preservation container was designed with Product Code Description Dimensions Interior Dimensions Exterior Price
the best criteria sod preservation available, to answer the needs & Thickness & Thickness
of the audio and film industry. The cans are vented, the gases 519-22504 16mm/400ft (120m) 7.01”/0.98” 7.64”/1.11” £2.40
produced by the degradation of the film base are evacuated and polypropylene film container 178mm/25mm 194mm/28mm
the Vinegar Syndrome should not develop in them if the film 519-22506 16mm/800ft (240m) 9.25”/0.98” 9.88”/1.11” £4.00
was in a proper condition when put in. polypropylene film container 235mm/25mm 251mm/28mm
519-22512 16mm/1200ft (360m) 11.22”/0.98” 12.01”/1.08” £4.75
Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the chief polypropylene film container 285mm/25mm 305mm/27mm
causes of their deterioration. These inert polypropylene film 519-22516 16mm/1200ft (360m) film 11.22”/0.98” 12.01”/1.17” £5.65
cans won’t rust or corrode like the original metal cans your films container with CD/DVD lid 285mm/25mm 305mm/30mm
probably came in. Small vents in these containers allow the 519-22522 16mm/2000ft (600m) 14.17”/0.98” 14.96”/1.10” £7.25
exchange of acidic gasses (the by product of deterioration) polypropylene film container 360mm/25mm 380mm/28mm
which would otherwise build up inside the can and speed 519-22526 16mm/2000ft (600m) film 14.17”/0.98” 14.96”/1.14” £8.55
the breadown of the film. These cans are flame retardant and container with CD/DVD lid 360mm/25mm 380mm/29mm
contain less than 4% halogen which means that in the event of
a fire there is virtually no release of chlorine or bromine gas. For 35mm film container.
storage of films on cores (not reels) only.
Product Code Description Dimensions Interior Dimensions Exterior Price
• Silver Grey colour & Thickness & Thickness
• 100% prime polypropylene 519-23510 35mm/1000ft (300m) 10.24”/1.54” 11.02”/1.81” £5.45
• Designed allowing ventilation polypropylene film container 260mm/39mm 280mm/46mm
• They cannot be water soaked 519-23516 35mm/1200ft (360m) 11.06”/1.73” 12.01”/1.83” £5.35
• The cans are stackable, interlocking and they don’t open polypropylene film container 281mm/44mm 305mm/47mm
only by dropping them 519-23520 35mm/2000ft (600m) 14.17”/1.54” 14.96”/1.81” £8.00
• CD/DVD case in the lid as an option available for the polypropylene film container 360mm/39mm 380mm/46mm
16mm/1200 ft container and the 16mm/2000ft only 519-23526 35mm/3000ft (900m) 17.13”/1.54” 17.95”/1.85” £13.00
Casing answering to the standards drawn by ANSI, AIN and SMPTE.
polypropylene film container 435mm/39mm 456mm/47mm

II Hubs
• Designed to prevent lateral sliding during transportation
• Used to hold an audio reel of 10"
• Made of polypropylene
• Black is the only available colour
• Size for 1200 ft and 2000 ft containers

Product Code Description Dimensions Exterior Price


& Thickness
519-21200 Hub for 1200ft (360m) film 11.02”/1.81” £1.40
container 280mm x 46mm
519-20000 Hub for 2000ft (600m) film 12.01”/1.89” £1.80
container 305mm x 48mm

56 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Film Containers II
II Cores Cores
The flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and curl. The best, safest way to store film is to wind around one of these
cores without a reel. The 16mm cores are made of inert, archival polypropylene: Diameter on both cores is 3".
Price each.
• Resilient, does not deteriorate • Made of polypropylene, resistant to acids and bases • Size 3” • Blue is the only colour available

Product Code Description Dimensions Exterior Price


& Thickness
519-52030 3 inch core for 16mm film container 3”/1.81” (76mm x 46mm) £0.70
519-53230 3 inch core for 35mm film container 3”/1.89” (76mm x 48mm) £1.05

II Labels
• Made of vinyl, resistant to acid • Adherence resistance to temperature between -190ºC and 125ºC
• Can be peeled off and replaced easily • Compatible with regular laser printers
• Possibility of permanently identifying the label with your logo • Personalized dimensions available
• Also available in a roll for thermal printers

Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price


519-0018 Vinyl white labels for 16mm container for laser printer 192 per packet £70.00
519-0019 Vinyl white labels for 35mm container for laser printer 144 per packet £70.00

II Data Protection CD/DVD Case & Discs Data Protection


CD/DVD Case & Discs
Originally the CD/DVD case was created to answer the needs of the archival field but since has been discovered by users for their daily
use. Made of unbreakable polypropylene, its shelf life is estimated to about a century.
These durable and functional CD/DVD cases are ideal for both circulation and long-term storage. Manufactured from inert, heavy-duty
polypropylene, these one-piece cases won’t crack or yellow over time. The resilient hinge won’t crack or separate even after years of
use. A protective hub holds the disc securely in place and the transparent case allows you to easily view the contents. Internal tabs
are provided for storage of literature with the disc. The lock-tight design keeps the case securely closed during transit. Best of all, the
patented self-releasing hub suspends the disk midair.
• 100% unbreakable, polypropylene • Fully hinged, resilient, moulded as one piece
• Self-releasing patented hub • Disk floats to prevent scratches

Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price


491-7845 Polypropylene CD/DVD case 5.63” x 4.88” x 0.39” (143mm x 124mm x 10mm) £1.07

II Kodak DVD & CD Disks


The recordable Archival Gold CD-R is manufactured using a patented dye that reacts faster to the disc drive’s writing laser, making the
pit edges used to store data sharper and easier to read. This dye offers maximum resistance to the effects of light, humidity and heat.
The CD’s reflective layer is made with 24K gold instead of the silver layer used in most common discs, making it less vulnerable to
oxidation (CD rot). An ideal medium for long term storage of digital files including pictures, music and other data. Tested through an
accelerated aging process and shown to safely store data for more than 300 years. Gold CD-R has a speed of 52X and can store up
to 700 MB.
• Assures the safety and integrity of your digital heritage • Pure gold reflective layer that will keep intact your data for centuries
• Approved for all burners
Kodak DVD & CD Disks
Product Code Description Price
245-1001 Kodak Gold Preservation CD-R Disk £1.83 each
245-1002 Kodak Gold Preservation DVD-R Disk £2.90 each
245-1005 Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold CD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case £24.95 10pk
245-1006 Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold DVD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case £25.35 10pk

II Labels
• Made of vinyl, resistant to acid
• Adherence to temperatures between -190ºC and 125ºC
• Compatible with regular laser printers

Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price


519-0024 Vinyl white labels for CD/DVD case for laser printer 624 labels £70.00

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 57


II Multihole Pages

For Boxbinders see page 31


II Archival A4 Multihole Pages
These archival album and binder pages are manufactured especially for PEL. Made from inert, clear,
acid-free, polypropylene designed to fit A4 paper size 297 x 210mm with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring
binders. The pages have a soft clear quality feel and attractive appearance making them one of our
best selling products.
We now offer them in a bulk pack of 1,000 pages and you save 10% discount (£10.75 per 100).

Product Code Overall Size No. Pocket Size Price


525-00A4 302 x 235mm 1x 300 x 217mm £12.75 100 pack
525-00A4/10 302 x 235mm 1x 300 x 217mm £115.00 1000 pack
525-00A5 302 x 235mm 2x 214 x 150mm £13.95 100 pack
525-00A5/10 302 x 235mm 2x 214 x 150mm £124.75 1000 pack

58 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Digital Print Presentation II

II Presentation Pockets Product Code Description Size (mm) Size (inches) Price
High clarity, 150 micron thick polypropylene. Sealed on three 067-0810 Presentation Pockets 210mm x 262mm 8.25” x 10.25” £11.25
sides, 1/16” (1.5mm) lip, opening on short side. 1/4” (6mm) 067-0811 Presentation Pockets 222mm x 287mm 8.75” x 11.25” £12.19
pocket tolerance. Ideal for digital prints. 067-1117 Presentation Pockets 304mm x 440mm 12” x 17.25” £19.47
Price package 100 pockets 067-1319 Presentation Pockets 336mm x 490mm 13.25” x 19.25” £23.93
067-1620 Presentation Pockets 412mm x 516mm 16.25” x 20.25” £29.48
067-2024 Presentation Pockets 514mm x 617mm 20.25” x 24.25” £41.59

II Workbox®
Workbox® is a fully enclosed box binder which makes storage, presentation, and transportation of
II Wire Bound Albums/Portfolio Edition photographic work easy. Featuring a sleek, contemporary design and made of archival quality
polypropylene. (241 x 316 x 63mm). Acid-free, archival safe, no PVC. Long life hinges and latches.
Wire bound portfolio edition albums feature three popular presentation sizes: 5 x 7” (127mm x
Removable binder rings. Detachable handle. 1.5” D-ring capacity - 75 negative pages, 50 print
178mm), 8.5 x 11” (216 x 279mm), 11 x 14” (279 x 355mm). Matte black cover material. The
pages, 25 slide pages. Colour: Black.
portfolio album comes with 12 high clarity 125 micron polypropylene print preserves. Black wire
secures preservers and allows for easy turning. Wire binding allows album to lie flat during pre- Product Code Size (W x H x D) Price
sentations. Portfolio edition wire bound albums are a professional and functional way to display your 080-0600 241mm x 316mm x 63mm £11.47
work. Archival quality, acid-free. Ideal for digital prints. 080-0800 Workbox® Document Clip £1.86

Product Code Description Size (W x H) Price At the top of each preserver page (see page 60/61) you will note the overall size in brackets. To
652-0510 Holds 24 8.5 x 11” Prints 252 x 303mm £7.64 ensure the preserver pages fit the Workbox® you will need to select page sizes smaller than
652-0610 Holds 24 11 x 14” Prints 316 x 379mm £11.83 316mm x 241mm

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 59


II Archival Preservers
II Print File Negative & Print Preservers
Print File have appointed PEL as their European Importer. We stock the range in 4 hole and 3 hole binder pages.The Archival quality preservers are made from premium high
clarity polypropylene which contains no harmful chemicals to cause deterioration during long-term storage. Independent laboratory tests prove Print File preservers store negatives,
slides, transparencies, and prints safely. They have passed the Photographic Activity Test (PAT) per ANSI Standard IT9.2. These archival preservers are acid-free, containing none of
the plasticisers, catalysts, or solvents found in vinyl. We encourage you to compare our products with other brands, and we are confident our consistent quality will convince you. If
you still prefer polyester Mylar or Melinex, these are available, see pages 31 & 43. The overall dimensions are in brackets after the Printfile Product Code.

35-8P (278mm x 235mm) 35-10P (287mm x 251mm) 46-6P (278mm x 235mm) 310-4P & 412 4G 57-4P (278mm x 235mm)
(278 x 235mm) & (327 x 252mm)

416-52581 416-3510 525-4660 416-4124 4”x12” £8.10 25pk 416-52572


Holds eight 3.5” x 5” prints Holds ten 3.5” x 5” prints. Holds six 4” x 6” prints Holds four panoramic prints. 3 hole Holds four 5” x 7” prints
£7.37 25 pack £7.37 25 pack. 3 hole £7.37 25 pack 416-3104 3.5”x10” £7.37 25pk £7.37 25 pack
Multi hole Available in 4 hole 416-3510/4 Multi hole Holds four panoramic prints. 3 hole Multi hole

810-2P (278mm x 235mm) 811-2P (303mm x 250mm) 45-8P (278mm x 235mm) 46-4M (260mm x 184mm) 8 x 10-Bag (273mm x 213mm)
11 x 14-Bag (375mm x 289mm)
16 x 20-Bag (527mm x 416mm)

416-8101 416-62013 525-4050 416-464M 525-8102 8”x10” £9.19 100 pk


Holds two 8” x 10” prints Holds two 8.5” x 11” Holds eight 4” x 5” prints Each album page holds 4 4” x 6” prints 525-1114 11”x14” £13.56 100 pk
£7.37 25 pack documents or prints £7.37 25 pack along with one strip of four 35mm negs. 525-1620 16”x20” £23.39 100 pk
Multi hole £7.37 25 pack Multi hole £5.55 25 pack
3 hole 3 hole

35-7BXW (293mm x 253mm) 35-7 (293mm x 253mm) 35-6HBXW (276mm x 248mm) 120-3HB (267mm x 221mm) 120-4B (287mm x 217mm)

525-3507 Extra Wide 527-3542 525-3506 Extra Wide 525-1241 525-1240


Holds seven 6 frame 35mm strips, Holds seven strips of 6 frame Holds six 7 frame 35mm strips, Holds twelve frames of 6x6cm, nine Holds 12 frames of 6x4.5cm, or 8
42 frames total 35mm, 42 frames total 42 frames total, 3 hole frames of 6x7cm, or fifteen frames of frames of 6x7cm 120 film, contact
£19.84 100 pack £17.65 100 pack contact prints on 8.5” x 11” 6x4.5cm 120 film contact prints on 8”x10” prints on 8”x10” £17.65 100 pack
Multi hole Sheets. No holes £19.84 100 pack £17.65 100 pack 525-1244A: £5.19 25 pack
Multi hole Multi hole
225-12HB (303mm x 251mm) 45-4B (284mm x 235mm) 120-9HB (295mm x 225mm) 810-1HB (267mm x 235mm) 57-2B (284mm x 219mm)

525-2512 525-4542 525-12067 525-8101 525-5720


Holds twelve 6x6cm frames of 120 mounted Holds 4 4”x5” negative or tran; contact Holds nine individual frames of 120 film Holds one 8”x10” sleeved negatives or Holds two 5”x7” sleeved negatives or
or unmounted transparencies or negatives prints on 8”x10” £5.19 25 pack up to 6x7cm; contact prints on 8”x10” transparency; contact prints on 8”x10” transparency; contact prints on 8”x10”
£26.57 100 pack 525-4544: £17.65 100 pk £7.37 25 pack £17.65 100 pack £17.65 100 pack
Multi hole 25 pk 3 hole. 100 pk Multi hole Multi hole Multi hole 3 hole

60 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Archival Preservers II

2x2-20B (295mm x 238mm) 2x2-20H (279mm x 246mm) (365mm x 265mm) 2x2-20HB (279mm x 240mm) 2x2-20HBF (279mm x 240mm)

525-2220 525-2225 525-3524 525-3525 525-3525F


Holds twenty 35mm mounted Holds twenty 35mm mounted Holds 24 mounted 35mm slides Extra heavyweight 10mil, Frosted back, Extra heavyweight,
or unmounted transparencies, £24.50 50 pack holds twenty 35mm mounted 10 mil, holds twenty 35mm
transparencies or negatives I.D. strip for each slide transparencies mounted transparencies
P466-PSHU For convenient filing
£26.57 100 pack £26.57 100 pack in standard file drawers, slide hanger £8.83 25 pack £8.80 25 pack
Multi hole 3 hole through I.D. strip on preservers Multi hole 3 hole
£56.00 100 pack

45-1 & 57-1 35-7B (284mm x 217mm) 35-6HB (254mm x 248mm) 120-4UB (287mm x 252mm) (302mm x 235mm)
(132mm x 140mm)
(155mm x 197mm)

525-4541 525-3571 525-3560 525-1267 525-00A4


Holds one 4”x5” sleeved Holds seven 5 frame 35mm strips, 35 Holds six 6 frame 35mm strips, 36 Holds twelve frames of 6x7cm 120 film Holds A4 paper 297x210mm
negative or transparency frames total; contact prints on 8” x 10” frames total; contact prints on 8.5” x 10” Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole
£7.37 100 pack £17.65 100 pack £17.65 100 pack £19.84 100 pack £12.75 100 pack
525-5070 Multi hole 3 hole
Holds one 5”x7”
£15.38 100 pack

46-8G (236mm x 327mm) (302mm x 235mm)

525-4680 525-00A5
Holds eight 6” x 4” prints Holds two A5 papers 210 x 148mm
£8.10 25 pack Multi hole 3 & 4 hole
Multi hole £13.95100 pack

II Archival Album
Standard 3-ring archival album designed for Print File preservers. Embossed
leather-like black exterior, black interior and satin black 40mm D-rings. Offers
good security since it makes it virtually impossible to open the D-rings without
an audible loud snap. The 40mm 3-ring mechanism allows ease of page turn-
ing especially when in constant use. Holds up to 100 album page preservers.

Product Code overall size wt Price


416-ALBS 280 x 301 x 66mm 620g £14.56
416-ALBG 282 x 340 x 70mm 712g £17.93

II Economy Album (not shown)


Accommodates Print File preservers and allows you to store a wide variety of
print sizes in one convenient album. An economical alternative hard-wearing Product Code overall size Descriptions Price
album available at a moderate price. The 3-ring (25mm) gives a capacity up 416-ARCS 280 x 295 x 47mm Fits standard 3 ring pages £7.55
to 50 album page preservers. Holds up to 50 album page preservers. 416-ARCM 219 x 273 x 47mm For pages 416-464M only £6.73

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 61


II Photographic Mounting Corners

II Mylar® Photo Mounting Sleeves


This quick and convenient mounting system also protects your
photographs from dirt and dust. Simply slide the photograph
II Gummed Paper Photo Corners Product Code colour wt Price into the appropriate size sleeve, remove the release liner from
Enjoy the ease of application and a traditional appearance 533-0028 gold 0.136kg £2.87 the two pressure sensitive strips on the back of the sleeve,
with these handy 13mm archival quality photo corners. These 533-0025 olde white 0.136kg £2.87 and press into place. The inert, crystal clear 50 micron
acid-free paper corners include a neutral pH, water activated 533-0024 black 0.136kg £2.87 Mylar® creates an effective barrier from fingerprints and
adhesive that is quick and easy to use. A great look in any photo other hazards. Originally designed for photo albums, these
album, but especially attractive on our new black photo and scrapbook album pages (see pages 32). Price per box of 240 indi- Mounting Sleeves are now being used for framing applications
vidual corners. as well. Price per package.

II Photographic Infinity Tabs® Product Code fits size (mm) qty wt Price
Photo Tabs provide a simple solution to permanent mounting 780-3550 3.5” x 5” 86 x 133 25 0.227kg £4.34
of photos, news clippings, postcards, etc. The 0.5” square 780-0406 4” x 6” 105 x 159 25 0.273kg £5.12
tabs have an acid-free, non-yellowing, pressure sensitive 780-0507 5” x 7” 130 x 184 25 0.364kg £6.48
adhesive on both sides. Simply apply the tabs to the back of 780-0810 8” x 10” 208 x 260 10 0.182kg £11.14
the photo, peel away the easy-lift release liner and press your
photos into place. Infinity Photo Tabs® have passed the P.A.T.
test.
Price per package of 500 tabs.

Product Code wt tab size Price


533-0030 88g 13mm x 13mm £3.70

1.25” & 3”

II Pre-Scored Mounting Corners


II Mounting Corners Crystal clear Archival Mounting Corners allow safe mounting of
for large artwork photographs, post cards, ephemera, clippings, letters, prints
These Lineco polypropylene mounting corners provide extra or nearly any paper item. Archival Mounting Corners are
Full View prescored for speedy application and are made of Mylar®
strength and are available in sizes to accommodate larger
art pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety polyester. The self-stick adhesive is 3M 415 tape. Available
Product Code size qty/pkg Price minimises the border required to hide the corner under the in either 16mm or 22mm size, these corners offer easy and
533-0022 5/8” (16mm) 500 £5.30 window mat in a picture frame. Can be used for light to heavy- practical means of archival mounting. Price per box of 100.
533-0034 1.25” (32mm) 250 £12.30 weight photographs and artwork. Prevents prints and photo-
533-0035 1.25” Full View 250 £13.60 graphs coming into contact with the mounting corner adhesive Product Code size wt Price
533-0036 3” (76mm) 100 £11.80 and allows the artwork to be removed in its original pristine 545-2336 16mm 0.09kg £8.30
533-0037 3” Full View 100 £12.97 condition. 545-2337 22mm 0.09kg £9.14

II Mylar® Photo Mounting Corners


Lineco Self-Adhesive, Preformed Print & Photo Mounting Corners
Lineco’s popular Mylar® archival polyester, self-adhesive mounting corners are crystal clear and completely free of harmful
plasticisers used in vinyl corners. They feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing which never comes
in contact with the item being mounted. Display and protect photographs, prints, post cards, trading cards, baseball cards,
stamps, and other items. Great for albums, scrapbooks and framing.
Price per package of 240 corners.

Product Code size wt Price


533-0020 13mm 0.09kg £4.99
533-0021 35mm 0.18kg £9.97

62 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Ink & Pens Conservation II

B.

B. A.
D.

For permanent marking C.


of archival materials.

II Archival Inks II A. “Pigma” Acid-Free


These permanent, non-fading inks are resistant to light, Fade-Proof Pens
heat, and water, and contain no impurities that can affect
the permanence of paper or photographic materials. Black
The first generation of technical pens using the new Pigment Ink II Perma Ball Roller Ball Pen
Process. Pigmented Ink is composed of super-micro particles Permanent marker pen for metal, plastic, ceramic, glass and
Actinic Inks are chemically stable and feature an inorganic
and provides a waterproof line with no fading or discolouration most hard smooth surfaces. Use minimum pressure on hard
pigment that has no tendency to absorb impurities like other
under direct sunlight. The .08 line width is perfect for spine label surfaces to avoid scratching the surface. Easy and comfort-
ink pigments can. Caution must be used to guard against
lettering, the .01 mm and .005 mm provide fine lines for delicate able to use writes and flows well to create clear markings.
contamination of pens and stamp pads by other, non-archival
writing, and the .05 mm is a great all-purpose pen. Price each.
inks. Price each.
Available in Black, note: ink is Permanent. Price each.
Not suitable for polyester film. Product Code wt Price
Product Code wt Price 642-4910 11g £1.95
885-125 100g £10.95 Product Code Line Width wt Price
Black Actinic Ink #125 for stamp pads. 2oz. 642-08BK 0.50mm 40g £2.56
bottle with brush in cap. 642-05BK 0.45mm 40g £2.56
642-01BK 0.25mm 40g £2.56
Product Code wt Price
642-005BK 0.20mm 40g £2.56
885-1000 100g £9.60
Clear Print un-inked wood block stamp pad set.
includes wood stamp pad 2.5” x 4” and reusable case. II B. “Pigma” Pen Set II “NEW’ Millennium Pens
The only way to improve upon what have become our most Pigment ink, acid-free, archival quality, lightfast, waterproof,
Product Code wt Price popular pens is to offer a greater variety of sizes. We now have fade proof, non-bleeding, xylene free and odourless.
885-125K 273g £19.77 a six pen set, including the .005 (.21 mm line), .01 (.28 mm
Archival Ink Stamping Kit includes 2oz. line), .02 (.32 mm line), .03 (.36 mm line), .05 (.38 mm line), A marker system for records, cataloguing, scrapbooks and
Black Actinic Ink #125; 3 disposable un-inked wood ink pads. and .08 (.47 mm line): a pen to fit almost every drawing or memory books. Each marker pen includes pure pigment ink
1.75” x 3” applicator and directions (no case included). which stands the test of time so your precious memories
writing need. Black, permanent ink. Price per set.
can be preserved for future generations to enjoy. Available in
Product Code wt Price
Product Code Description wt Price three line widths. Please note the ink is permanent.
885-230 50g £7.70
642-P6 6 pen PIGMA set 110g £14.95 Price each.
Black Actinic Ink #230 for writing, for use with steel tip quill pens.

Product Code wt Price II C. Film Marking Pens Product Code


642-0020
Line Width
0.20mm
Colour
Black
wt
9g
Price
£2.15
885-230K 230g £13.60 These fine-line film marking pens from Germany are far
642-0035 0.35mm Black 9g £2.15
Archival Ink Writing Kit includes 2oz. superior to the others we’ve tried. Ink dries within one second
Black Actinic Ink #230, steel pen, 1 pen holder and directions. 642-0065 0.65mm Black 9g £2.15
to a permanent, smudge-proof, waterproof mark on film,
Mylar®, acetate, slide mounts, glass, plastic, metal and all
smooth surfaces. Set of 4 includes one each: red, blue, green,
and black. Also available in black only.

II Ultrafine Rollerball Pen Product Code Description wt Price


II Polyester Film Marking Pens
871-2040 Black Only 40g £4.41
When you need to write small and discreet notes, the roller- Ideal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of
871-2039 4 Film Markers 40g £21.95
ball pen has a 0.4 ball tip that writes a smooth 0.2mm ultra contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink is
fine line with constant line width. non-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof.
II D. Marking Pencils (not acid-free) Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate,
Newly developed bio-polymer ink prevents feathering and is This truly unique graphite pencil marks paper, glass, plastic glass, plastic and metal.
water resistant when fully dry. A built in cushion in the pen and metal. Use it to temporarily mark on photos or any other Available in two colours.
cap protects the tip. slick surface including Mylar and glassine. Remove pencil Price each.
You would not believe a rollerball could write such an ultra fine line. marks with soft white vinyl eraser. Price per dozen.
Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price
Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price Product Code wt Price 642-0050 0.5mm Black 9g £1.59
642-4902 0.2mm Black 10g £2.34 479-9120 136g £23.10 642-1050 0.5mm Red 9g £1.59

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 63


II Labels Acid-Free

II Clip-On Label Holder


Metal clip-on label holder allows quick and easy relabeling
of boxes, pamphlet files and binders. The spring-lock mech-
anism allows for easy yet firm application. Rounded corners
will not scratch or mar surfaces. Each black label holder
comes complete with identification insert and a plastic label
protector. Overall size is 2-3/4"L x 2-1/2"W with a full
2-1/4" x 2" area for identification. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


607-SL2 70mm x 64mm 45g £1.50

II Pressure Sensitive Archival


Polyester Label Holders
Our Archival Polyester Label Holders provide you with a sim- II Tyvek Tying Tape Labels
ple and effective means of label-ling boxes, binders, shelving, These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through
folders, etc. Label holders are constructed using a crystal unbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cata-
clear window of 50 micron Archival Polyester attached on two loguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles of
(long) sides to a 75 micron Archival Polyester base. Remove papers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will be
the release liner and attach the holder using the pressure found for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors as
sensitive acrylic adhesive. Each label holder comes complete they withstand water and are very strong and will not split.
with an acid-free insert. Use over and over again simply by Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens
changing the insert. Price per package of 12 holders and inserts. (see page 63) for acid-free permanent lettering.
Price per 1000 labels.
Product Code Size Price
780-2030 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) £7.90 Product Code Size Price
780-3040 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) £8.15 613-7500 100mm x 70m £59.75

II A. Pin-Feed Box & File Labels II B. Perma/Seal® Foil Backed Labels


Same labels as described on page 65, but in a continuous, 2-across, pin-feed White, smudge proof, flexible, permanent Foil-Backed Labels coated with our special formulation
format for computer printers, word processors or any standard typewriter. of Perma/Seal® acid-free acrylic adhesive that really does stick to boxes, books, Mylar®
Price per package of 1000. polyester film, etc. The unique foil barrier prevents surface inks from penetrating the label and
affecting the material beneath; conversely, the adhesive cannot penetrate the foil to attack the ink
Product Code size overall wt Price and cause excessive fading.
(H x W) mm width mm
Price per package of 1000.
387-1640PF 2” x 3” 51 x 76 6.875” 175 1.05kg £43.90
387-1642PF 3” x 4” 76 x 102 8.875” 225 1.86kg £53.65
Product Code label size wt Price
387-3052 1.5” x 0.9” 38 x 22 3.5” 89 336g £13.17
387-1216 0.75” x 1” (19 x 25mm) 182g £7.66
387-3301 1” x 3.5” 24 x 89 4.25” 108 514g £15.04
387-1224 0.75” x 1.5” (19 x 38mm) 182g £7.48
387-1420 0.875” x 1.25” (22 x 32mm) 182g £9.84
387-1624 1” x 1.5” (25 x 38mm) 227g £8.96
387-1225 0.75” x 2.5” (19 x 64mm) 318g £12.50
387-1632 1” x 2” (25 x 51mm) 364g £12.03
387-1648 1” x 3” (25 x 76mm) 500g £14.15
Price Per Package
387-1640 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) 252 per pack 273g £9.28
387-1642 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) 150 per pack 273g £9.87

B. A.

64 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Laser Labels II

A. Label Size - 4"W x 2"H B. Foil-Back Perma/Seal® C. Label Size - 2.625"W x 0.875"H D. Slide Label Size
(102mm x 51mm) 8.5" x 11" (216mm x 280mm) (67mm x 22mm) 1.75"W x 0.5"H
sheets without splits or perforations for making (47mm x 11mm)
your own custom laser images in variable sizes.
50 sheets per pkg.
II Archival Quality Laser Labels
Our Perma/Seal® and Perma/Seal® Foil Back Laser Labels provide archivists, conservators,
curators and other collection care specialists with a variety of acid free label formats for their laser
printers. All feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The foil back version pro-
vides an extra barrier between the acid-free paper and the adhesive to prevent bleed through and
to enhance the ability of the label to adhere to rounded or other irregularly shaped items. Each
label format is provided on an 280 x 216mm sheet. Please note: These labels should not be used
directly on valuable artwork, documents, artifacts or photographs. Price per package.

Product key type labels/ sheets/ label wt Price


Code sheet pkg size
*387-5352 A Foil back 10 100 102 x 51mm 1.5kg £28.70
*387-3025 B Foil back 1 50 280 x 216mm 0.8kg £15.88
E. Label Size - 3.33”W x 4”H F. Label Size - 3”W x 4”H
377-3025 B Perma/Seal 1 50 280 x 216mm 0.7kg £13.52
(85mm x 102mm) (76mm x 102mm)
377-4501 C Perma/Seal 33 100 67 x 22mm 1.5kg £38.14
*387-2520 D Foil back 84 30 47 x 11mm 0.5kg £24.50
633-2520 D Perma/Seal 84 30 47 x 11mm 0.4kg £22.56 * These labels, specifically formulated for desktop laser applications, have performed
377-5164 E Perma/Seal 6 100 102 x 85mm 1.5kg £38.14 effectively in HP Laser Jet Series II printers. Always consult your printer manual and
*387-3400 F Foil back 6 100 102 x 76mm 1.6kg £30.44 service rep for technical requirements before using foil-backed laser labels.
377-4375 G Foil back 30 100 83 x 17mm 0.5kg £25.90
387-0666 G Perma/Seal 30 100 83 x 17mm 0.5kg £29.95

II Artifact Identification Tags With II Tyvek Tags & Labels


Identity tags for artifacts and specimens used in museums for
New Size for Bar Code Labelling labelling works of art, very strong, tear proof, waterproof, can
Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid- be used outside since the wet will not affect them. Tyvek is
II Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of buffered 225gsm off-white tag acid-free, lightweight, resistant to harsh chemicals and can be
Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag fea- easily over printed (contact our sales office for over printing).
bundles of documents and folders to bookbinding. This soft, tures a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, supplied without ties. We
unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books Four sizes are available including a size to accommodate bar suggest our acid-free twine is used for ties, so you can cut
and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together code labels. Price per package of 100 tags. to the necessary length. Special sizes available, contact out
damaged books while they wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with customer service department for prices.
no dye to bleed. Product Code size wt Price
613-3478 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68
Product Code size Price 613-1530 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50
586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32 613-3050 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45 Product Code size Price
586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99 613-1535 89 x 38mm 136g £11.76 613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000
586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40 new size for bar code labelling 613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 65


II Storage Artifact

II A. Artifact Storage Boxes - For Small Items


Artifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or
any small item that should be stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, C.
lignins or chemicals. Metal edged for strength and vermin-free enclosures. Tops and bottoms
may be used as open trays. Buffered, light tan board; 0.5mm thickness. Sturdy and stackable
for a variety of uses.
Price per package of 10.

Product Code size wt Price


734-2525 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64 x 64 x 32mm) 318g £23.40
734-3540 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89 x 102 x 32mm) 410g £25.95
734-4560 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114 x 165 x 38mm) 773g £34.00
734-5575 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140 x 191 x 38mm) 864g £42.40

II B. Card File Boxes B.


Short-lid boxes made for the storage of cards, envelopes and other miscellaneous items
requiring a metal reinforced, stackable box. Short-lid (1.5") makes access quick and easy. Available
A.
in both our 1300gsm buffered blue-grey board and our buffered tan lignin-free board. Price each.

Size: 12” x 5.125” x 3.125” (for 3” x 5” cards)


Product Code board wt Price II C. Flat “Short-Lid” Storage Boxes
732-1253 Blue/grey 305 x 130 x 79mm 318g £4.40 “Short-lid” flat boxes made for the storage of manuscripts, rare books and many other items
801-1253 Tan 305 x 130 x 79mm 318g £5.35 requiring a shallow depth 89mm, metal-reinforced acid-free stackable box. The convenient
“short-lid” makes access quick and easy. Available in both our acid-free 1300gsm Blue/Grey
Size: 12” x 6.125” x 4.125” (for 4” x 6” cards) board and our acid-free, lignin-free tan board.
732-1264 Blue/grey 305 x 156 x 105mm 410g £5.35 Price each.
801-1264 Tan 305 x 156 x 105mm 410g £7.60
Size: 17.5” x 11.5” x 3.5”
Size: 12” x 8.125” x 5.125” (for 5” x 8” cards) Product Code board wt Price
732-1285 Blue/grey 305 x 206 x 130mm 500g £5.90 732-1711 Blue/grey 445 x 292 x 89mm 500g £6.55
801-1285 Tan 305 x 206 x 130mm 500g £7.70 801-1711 Tan 445 x 292 x 89mm 545g £8.75

Size: 12” x 9.125” x 6.125” (for 6” x 9” cards) Size: 20.5” x 16.5” x 3.5”
732-1296 Blue/grey 305 x 232 x 156mm 545g £6.35 732-2016 Blue/grey 521 x 419 x 89mm 864g £10.80

II Small Artifact Storage Boxes


Three distinctive design styles now available
Artifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or any small item that should be
stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, lignen or chemicals. Metal-edged for strength and vermin-free
enclosures. Fully telescoping lids. Tops and bottoms may be used as open trays. All prices are for package of 10 boxes

A. Top View Artifact Boxes


Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen Free
Bottom 20pt Yes Light Tan Deep Lid Metal Edge Yes
Top 20pt N/A Clear Deep Lid Metal Edge Yes

Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View® Boxes. These boxes feature an acid-free buffered 0.5mm tan
boxboard bottom with a 375 micron clear polyester top. Both tops and bottoms have sturdy metal-corner construction with a full
A. telescoping design for strength and stability. Display and view the contents without disturbing your collection.
Product Code LxWxH weight Price
734-2525-1 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64mm x 64mm x 32mm) 318g £31.00
734-3540-1 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) 410g £32.00
734-4560-1 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) 773g £37.25
734-5575-1 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140mm x 191mm x 38mm) 864g £38.25

B. Full View Artifact Boxes


Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen Free
Full View Box 20pt N/A Clear Deep Lid Metal Edge N/A

The ultimate in visibility for your collection; both top and bottom of boxes are manufactured with 375 micron archival quality,
crystal clear polyester and feature metal edge construction.
Product Code LxWxH weight Price
734-2525-2 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64mm x 64mm x 32mm) 318g £32.65
734-3540-2 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) 410g £37.00
B. 734-4560-2 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) 773g £48.60
734-5575-2 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140mm x 191mm x 38mm) 864g £45.00

66 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Special Collections Storage II

II “Mix & Match” Artifact/Specimen Trays -


Now Available With New, Optional Clear-View Covers
This artifact/specimen storage system provides you with the configuration which best suits
the storage requirements of your particular collection. The 257 x 340 x 25mm metal edged
carrier tray is constructed of our 1300gsm. buffered blue/grey board. All specimen trays are
constructed of white, unbuffered, 2-ply, 100% rag board fastened on the corners by an acid- specimen specimen specimen
free paper tape with a stable heat seal acrylic adhesive. The system is ideal for storing items Product tray size tray size trays per
similar in character but varying in size. Jewellery, medals, buttons, small fossils, shells, and Code (mm) (inches) carrier tray wt Price
almost any collection of miniatures can benefit from this neat and orderly storage system. 727-14040 (A) 40 x 40 x 23 1.56” x 1.56” x 0.9” 48 318g £29.95
The design allows you to configure multiple specimen tray sizes within one carrier tray as 727-18040 (B) 40 x 80 x 23 1.56” x 3.12” x 0.9” 24 273g £21.60
shown above. Price includes one carrier tray and number of specimen trays indicated. A new, 727-18080 (C) 80 x 80 x 23 3.12” x 3.12” x 0.9” 12 273g £16.10
optional clear-view Mylar® cover for the carrier tray helps secure the collection, keeps it free 727-11680 (D) 160 x 80 x 23 6.24” x 3.12” x 0.9” 6 227g £12.90
from dirt and dust, and still allows full view of contents. 727-8632 8 A’s, 6 B’s, 3 C’s, 2 D’s 19 assorted 273g £20.95
Price each. 727-101312 Clear-View polyester cover for carrier tray 45g £10.95

See page 53 for Really Useful Box Trays.

II Clear-View Boxes
Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View Boxes. These boxes are con-
structed of our1000gsm, unbuffered, tan box board which is both acid-free and lignin-free.
The box top has a window of crystal clear, 75 micron, archival quality polyester so you can see
the contents without disturbing them. Metal-edged corners and the telescoping design create
an exceptionally strong box. Outside dimensions are given. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price


799-5372 5.5” x 3.75” x 2.5” (140 x 95 x 64mm) 90g £6.23
799-7552 7.5” x 5.5” x 2.5” (191 x 140 x 64mm) 90g £7.07
799-7555 7.5” x 5.5” x 5.5” (199 x 140 x 140mm) 227g £13.30
799-1172 11” x 7.5” x 2.5” (280 x 191 x 64mm) 182g £7.95
799-1174 11” x 7.5” x 4” (280 x 191 x 102mm) 227g £14.36
799-1175 11” x 7.5” x 5.5” (280 x 191 x 140mm) 364g £15.86
799-15114 15” x 11” x 4” (381 x 280 x 102mm) 410g £13.36

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 67


II B-Flute Storage System

II B-Flute Tray System


A system ideal for archival presentation or display of artifacts, these trays are constructed
613-0771 from heavy duty B-Flute corrugated board and are acid-free and lignen-free with a 3%
Base Box with calcium carbonate buffer. Note: Base storage carton will only accept trays without covers.
Standard Lid
G. Size: 381 x 304 x 254mm Base Storage Carton Complete with Lid
Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free
1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Bulk RTA Yes
415-12151
Standard Lid Product Code Size (L x W x H) Weight Price
E. Height: 35mm
G. 613-0771 15” x 12” x 10” 900g £10.00

Inner Compartmentalized Trays


415-121522 Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free
Lid made from 1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes
F. Archival Polyester
Height: 35mm
Product Code Compartments Size (L x W x H) Weight Price
A. 613-1525 15 3.75” x 2.75” x 2.5” 400g £17.40
B. 613-0625 6 5.75” x 4.75” x 2.5” 360g £16.50
613-0405 C. 613-0405 4 7.75” x 5.75” x 5” 450g £16.50
C. 4 Compartments D. 613-0207 7 12” x 2” x 1.375” 400g £16.50
Size: 196 x 146 x 127mm
Tray Lids
Product Code Description Weight Price
613-0625 E. 415-12151 1.375” Standard Lid 180g £9.10
6 Compartments F. 415-121522 1.375” Lid Clear Archival Polyester 140g £9.85
B. Size: 146 x 120 x 63mm

613-0207
D. 7 Compartments II Pull-String Kit
Size: 301 x 50 x 35mm Use the unique kit to create reliable pull-handles for
your artifact storage trays. With regular pliers, just
crimp the nickel-plated clip over a knotted length of
613-1525 cord on the edge of the tray. Each kit contains 6
A. 15 Compartments pre-crimped clips and 6 cords.
Price per kit
Size: 95 x 70 x 63mm

Product Code Weight Price


613-0001 45g £8.45

68 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Storage System E-Flute II

20 point (375 micron)


Polyester Cover

N.

H.
612-0104
E-Flute Corrugated
Trays also fit standard 2” Tray & Solid Lid
(50mm) flat file drawers
612-01052 I.
Tray & Clear-View®
II ‘Mix & Match’ Modular Archival E-Flute Storage Boxes 375 micron
Sturdy and durable E-flute corrugated compartments and trays create a storge system for Polyester Lid
a variety of artifacts and collectibles. Acid-free and lignen-free, with a calcium carbonate
buffer to help neutralize acids. Metal corners protect against wear and tear and provide 612-0103 J.
stacking strength. Overall tray size is 18.375” x 12.5” x 1.5” (I.D.) Perfect for flat file
4 Compartments
storage. Trays are available with matching corrugated lid or the new Clear-View® 375
micron polyester lid. Trays and compartments sold separately. Size: 228 x 152 x 35mm

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free 612-0102 K.


1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes 8 Compartments
Compartments Size: 228 x 76 x 35mm

Product Code Master Tray Size (L x W x H) Compartments Price


M. 612-0100 4 x 8 = 32 3” x 2.125” x 1.4” 32 £14.30 612-0101 L.
L. 612-0101 4 x 4 = 16 4.5” x 3” x 1.4” 16 £14.30 16 Compartments
K. 612-0102 4x2=8 9” x 3” x 1.4” 8 £14.30 Size: 114 x 76 x 35mm
J. 612-0103 4x1=4 9” x 6” x 1.4” 4 £14.30

612-0100 M.
Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free
32 Compartments
1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Tray & Lid Metal Edge Yes Size: 76 x 54 x 35mm

Trays with Lids


Product Code Description Size (L x W x H) Wt Price 612-0106 N.
H. 612-0104 Tray & Matching Solid Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 0.77kg £16.95 Tray & solid lid with
I. 612-01052 Tray & Clear-View® Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 0.54kg £18.95 complete set of 15
N. 612-0106 Tray & Solid Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 1.09kg £51.95
compartments
Set of 15 Compartments

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 69


II Registers & Notebooks

II Acid-Free Journals
You will find hundreds of uses for these handsome volumes - as accessions books, diaries,
keepsake books, journals, etc. Each book contains 160 pages of 75gsm acid-free, buffered
Perma/Dur® bond, lightly lined. The covers are constructed of acid-free binder board and
covered with a rich burgundy linen-textured fabric. The “Smyth sewn” construction allows
the book to be opened completely with no damage. Bound exclusively for University Products
of our own quality materials.
Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


678-0003 5.5” x 8.5” (140 x 216mm) 90g £26.16
678-0004 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 227g £29.46

II Acid-Free Wirebound Notebooks


Record your notes for posterity on these spiral-bound notebooks of acid-free paper. Use
as accessions books or for keeping working notes, genealogical information, scientific field
notes, gardening notes, even recipes or classroom notes. Constructed of acid-free 75gsm
Perma/Dur® bond with lined pages. Cover is our 1300gsm. Hunter Green boxboard with a
wipe-clean surface. Stainless steel wire spiral. Each book is 160 pp.
Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


678-0001 5” x 7” (127x 178mm) 90g £8.60
678-0002 8.5” x 11.5” (216 x 280mm) 227g £11.21

II Accession and Deaccession Registers


Acid-free Registers are the original, trusted, hand recorded account of details pertaining
to the acquisition and removal of articles from museum collections. Seven columns permit
entry of information including article number, date, description, remarks, and other perti-
nent information. Each hard cover book contains 80 two page spreads. Use Pigma Pens
(page 63) for recording information.

Product Code Price


061-1000 Accession Reg £75.00
061-2000 Deaccession Reg £75.00

70 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Natural History II

II Herbarium Specimen Sheet Protectors


These sheet protectors provide vital protection for your herbarium specimens. Manufactured
from soft, smooth, 75 micron polypropylane, these L-sealed enclosures help keep loose
plant particles from becoming separated from the specimen. In addition they provide a safe,
secure environment that keeps out dirt, dust and fingerprints, while separating one specimen
from another. Overall size is 11.75” x 16.75” (298 x 425mm). Designed to fit standard 11.5” x
16.5” (292 x 419mm) herbarium mounting paper. Unlike polyester enclosures, polypropylane
lacks the static that can cling to and damage small plant fragments.
Price per package of 25.

Product Code dimensions (W x H) Price


416-9277 298mm x 425mm £13.65

II E. Self-Sealing L-Velopes®
Support and protect your valuable mounted specimens while in circulation, or on display with
unique Self-Sealing L-Velopes®. Heavy, 100 micron Mylar D® construction. Two adjacent
sides open (figure 1) so mounting sheet safely slips in (figure 2); then flaps fold over to make
a seal (figure 3). Your specimen is safe from dirt, fingerprints and damage due to ordinary wear
or handling, yet it is completely visible. Package of 5 L-Velopes. Additional sizes can be found
on pages 42 and 45.
1.
2.

3.

Product Code description size fits up to: Price/Pkg of 5


738-0811 For documents 219 x 293mm 216 x 280mm £10.15
738-1217 For mounting sheets 308 x 435mm 292 x 419mm £14.35

II Polyethylene Zipper Bags


Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very
good prices giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are completely inert and trans-
parent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books,
paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects.
Bags are water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses.
Price per package of 500 & 200 bags

Product Code size qty Price


500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60
500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40
500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85
500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00
500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70
500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25
500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70
500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30
500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70
500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60
500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

Discounts available on large quantities.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 71


II Natural History
B.

A.

II Resistall Paper from II A. White Buffered Blotter


Byron Weston Co. Heavy .030 blotting paper is strong, absorbent, and durable
enough to use time and time again. Safer for your specimens
Thanks to the requests and efforts of so many Natural History
than the coloured felt blotters, which can delaminate and
Professionals, we are pleased to once again be able to offer
leave a coloured residue. Size: 12" x 18".
Resistall. For years, Resistall has been used for labels for “wet”
Package of 100 sheets.
natural history collections (those specimens stored in alcohol
or formaldehyde) because of its ability to maintain dimension- Product Code size Price
al stability even when wet. The long, stable 100% cotton fibres
702-1218 305 x 457mm £58.90
of this material are specially treated for longevity and superior
wet strength and durability. While we have eliminated some of
the standard formats offered in previous catalogues, we will II B. Unprinted Newsprint
happily provide a quotation for any special requirements you Clean and economical sheets for field pressing specimens.
may have, including imprinting. Sheet size: 24"x18", pre-folded to 12"x18". Note: This paper,
Note: not acid-free. like other newsprints, is not acid-free.
Price per package of 100 sheets.

Sheets for Printing, Laser Printer or Xerographic Copier (8.5” x 11”) Product Code Price
Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size qty Price 170-1218 610 x 457mm £33.40
219-368511 120gsm 730g 279 x 216mm 100 sheets £23.89 folded to: 305 x 457mm
219-36A4 120gsm 3.64kg 297 x 210mm (A4) 500 sheets £138.75
Large Sheets (18” x 23”) II C. Species Folders
Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size qty Price University Products’ Species Folders are made of acid-free
219-361823 120gsm 3.64kg 584 x 457mm 100 sheets £62.49 165 micron folder stock in Pale Cream, watermarked for
your protection. This archival Species Folder is folded from
size 16.5" x 23.125" to 16.5" x 11.5".
Price per 100 folders.
visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com Product Code Description wt Price
678-1611 419 x 588 1.68kg £32.97
folded to: 419 x 294

72 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Natural History II

C.

E.

D.

II D. 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper


Our finest archival quality 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper. This superior paper is
off-white with a moderately textured surface for excellent adhesion of mounting strips or
adhesive. It is buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate to inhibit acid migration.
These 292 x 419mm sheets are available in four different thicknesses. The grain direction
is parallel to the long dimension to assure ease in handling after specimens have been
mounted. This paper is, of course, acid-free and lignin-free with a pH of 8.5 ±.5. By popular
demand we have added a heavyweight unbuffered material in the UCAL type. Carton of 500
sheets, packaged with moistureproof wrapping.

Product Code wt description type Price per 100


170-1116L 2.35kg Lt. wt. Stanford £22.05 (292x419mm)
170-1116S 2.85kg Std. wt. NYBG/Smithsonian £24.50 (292x419mm)
170-1116H 3.55kg Hvy. wt. UCal £31.00 (292x419mm)

II E. Archival Quality Genus Covers


Archival Quality Genus Covers in a light tan (natural) colour. Acid-free and lignin-free with 3% II Archival Specimen Trays
calcium carbonate buffer to repel migrant acidity. Covers possess high folding tolerance to Acid-free, lignin-free specimen trays offer standard containers to fit in specimen cabinets
endure years of service. University Products’ Genus Covers are 380micron thick and folded to (standard specimen tray drawer 590mm x 753mm x 48mm deep) in a variety of configurations.
size indicated below. Price per 100 folders. Trays are metal edged. Modular dimensions and design enable user to create drawer layouts
to fit any collection. Items may be assorted for best quantity price. Manufactured from our
Product Code wt colour size Price 40 pt. Dark Tan board which is buffered for an alkaline reserve.
170-1012 6.7kg Plain 422 x 610mm £70.49 Price per package of 10.
folded to 422 x 305mm
Product Code Inside (L x W x H) wt Price
800-2911 2.925” x 1.8” x 1” (74 x 46 x 25mm) 0.36kg £18.80
800-2931 2.925” x 3.625” x 1” (74 x 92 x 25mm) 0.27kg £24.30
800-3651 3.625” x 5.85” x 1” (92 x 149 x 25mm) 0.59kg £25.51
800-7115 7.25” x 11.7” x 1.5” (184 x 297 x 38mm) 1.36kg £45.57

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 73


II Storage Entomology

C.

II Artifact Identification Tags


with New Size for Bar Code Labelling
Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid-free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of
buffered 225gsm off-white tag stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag features
a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Four sizes are available including a size
to accommodate bar code labels. Price per package of 100 tags.

Product Code size wt Price


613-3478 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68
613-1530 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50
613-3050 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45
613-1535 89 x 38mm (new size for bar code labelling) 136g £11.76

B.

A.

II C. Pinning Boxes
These insect pinning boxes are constructed of the finest archival quality materials, yet are
reasonably priced. This fully telescoping box is constructed of tan unbuffered, 960gsm board
with metal edged corners for added strength - no adhesives which might attract insect pests
have been used. Each box has been lined with archivally safe 1/4" polyethylene foam.
Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


799-1080/F 8”W x 10”L x 2”H (203 x 254 x 51mm) 273g £7.73
Helpful Hint… Special Sizes 799-1080 Box only without foam lining 273g £4.53

University Products will manufacture most products to your


exact dimensions and specifications, including imprinting. II Entomology Pins
Replace damaging acidic storage materials with archival The black hardened steel specimen pins have a lacquered finish that guards against rust. Two
thicknesses are available, each measures 38mm in length. The stainless steel pins are smooth
quality products from Preservation Equipment. and are preferred by some customers.
Please call for a quotation.
Product Code thickness length qty/pack finish price
023-0055 0.55mm 38mm 500 black £7.50
023-0530 0.53mm 38mm 500 stainless £13.95

74 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Cabinets Storage II
II Entomology Cabinet (pictured right)
These Entomology Cabinets are manufactured to a very high specification. Designed to take
existing entomology trays size 446 x 443 x 57mm, with 20 tray spaces per cabinet. The
lockable door has a seal to keep out possible infestation, thus keeping your collection safe and
secure. The door is fitted with a lockable handle and metal identification label holder.

Product Code: 501-7000 £499.00


Colour Light Grey
Dimensions 521mm W x 523mm L x 1508mm H
Drawer Size to take 446mm x 443mm x 57mm
Weight 66 kilo
Caution: Delivery is to ground floor first door only. For installation beyond this point you
should contact our customer service department.

II Entomology Trays
Made from American Lime, which is recognised as the most suitable wood for entomology.
The trays have a glass lid in a tongued and grooved top, and lined with white Plastazote inert
foam. These entomology trays are well known and are of an existing size already used in
various Natural History Museums.

Product Code: Price


501-7402 Plastazote Lined (446 x 443 x 57mm) £67.50

II Geology Cabinet
This cabinet is the same outside as the entomology cabinet, but with open metal drawers.
Already installed for rare gemstone collection in Yorkshire. Drawers have overall dimension 456
wide x 490mm deep (front to back) and have 12 drawers per cabinet. We suggest drawer
liner such as Plastazote or Polyfelt is used to protect specimens. No doubt other types of
conservation storage within museums will be used for this cabinet. The lockable sealed door
will keep out unwanted infestation and could be used with Art-Sorb to control humidity. A
double plinth is available to support two cabinets secured together.

Product Code: 501-7012 £699.00


Colour Light Grey
Dimensions 510mm W x 520mm D x 1695mm H
Drawer Size 456mm x 490mm x 122mm (50mm at front)
Drawer Quantity 12 Drawers
Weight 66 kilo

Product Code: 501-7010 £665.00


Drawer Size 456mm x 490mm x 150mm (50mm at front)
Drawer Quantity 10 Drawers

II Mylar Covers for Microscope Slides


These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm)
glass slides. Being glass clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and See Full Range Cabinets
fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology at The Natural History Museum
in London, who kindly allowed us to use the picture. & Shelving on pages 194 to 205
P217-8032 1” x 3” (25mm x 76mm) £115.85

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 75


II Microchamber® Mounting Board

Antique White Microchamber White Microchamber


Mounting Board Mounting Board

Heritage White
Microchamber
Mounting Board

Natural White
Microchamber
Mounting Board

Ivory Microchamber
Mounting Board

76 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Mounting Board Microchamber® II

II Microchamber® Mounting Board


Microchamber museum mount boards with their patented molecular trap technology have been proven to significantly
outperform all other mount boards in the protection of framed art.

These boards are available in 100% cotton rag manufactured exclusively by Nielsen & Bainbridge. The boards contain
zeolites which are molecular traps which collect airborne acidic pollutant gases. These harmful gases are then neutralized
by an alkaline buffer of calcium carbonate. Therefore, within the micro environment of a sealed frame mounted with Microchamber
the ageing of artwork is considerably retarded.

The boards are sulphur and lignin free, have a pH of 8.9 and pass the Photographic Activity Test. Microchamber® boards are
the only mount boards available that pass the ANSI IT 9.15 1992 for the blockage of acid/oxidising gasses.

Product Code Colour Size (mm) Size (inches) Thickness Pack Price
700-8649 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 1 ply 350 micron 25 £74.90
700-8632 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 2 ply 700 micron 25 £119.95
700-86348 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-86349 White 1016 x 1524 40” x 60” 4 ply 1400 micron 5 £88.20
700-8652 Heritage White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-8656 Natural White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-86408 Antique White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-86409 Antique White 1016 x 1524 40” x 60” 4 ply 1400 micron 5 £88.20
700-8645 Ivory 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00
700-0000 Sample Swatch FREE

II Unbuffered Microchamber® Mounting Board


Product Code Colour Size (mm) Size (inches) Thickness Pack Price
700-6001 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00

II Microchamber® Foam Board (bottom right)


An archival heat-activated foamboard that allows art to be reversed to its pre-mounting condition.

Ultimate Protection!
You can safely reverse art to its exact, pre-mounting conditions. The non-permeable adhesive meets all archival standards and can
be completely removed from the art. the adhesive activates at low temperatures with short dwell times, making it safe for most art.

Fast and Easy!


Gives you the fastest, easiest and safest mounting option available. You can mount art in just 15-30 seconds on a mechanical
press - or as little as 2 minutes in most vacuum presses.

Highest Quality
Offers an ultra-smooth mount not achievable with other archival mounting methods. A permanent mount that is reversible when
reheating to 150ºF and removing the art.

Archival Plus!
Patented Microchamber® technology actively protects art from the harmful effects of outgassing and from damaging pollutants
- something no other foamboard can do!

Product Code Sheet Size Thickness Pack Size Price


616-3240/25 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 5mm 25 Sheets £141.20
616-4060/25 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 5mm 25 Sheets £230.00

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 77


II Archival & Museum Board
Most paper manufacturers obtain their water from nearby rivers. Obviously, whatever foreign matter is contained in the water can wind up in their paper.
The manufacturers water supply is from an artesian well that originates from a limestone water table 800 feet below the earth's surface. For the 60 years
they have tested their water, it has never varied in these astonishing characteristics: pH 7.2 - 7.6, no iron or copper traces, and a high concentration of
calcium. Alum is never used in the manufacturing process.

Pure White

Soft White
Colour Samples
Cat. No. 700-sampler £1.00

II 100% Rag, Acid Free Museum Quality Mounting Board


Manufactured from 100% select cotton fibres, this top quality rag board features a 3% calcium carbonate buffer to guard against acid migration. The pH level of 8.5 enables it to resist fading,
discolouration, and embrittlement. It is the standard for museums and galleries. Ideal for both matting and mounting prints, watercolours, etchings, documents and letters. Outstanding surface
characteristics and cutting properties. There is no finer board at any price. Sold in full cartons only.
Price per carton.

Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness Pure White Soft White Antique White Natural Ivory Cream wt size (mm) Price
25 2 ply 0.75mm 700-3242 700-4243 700-3246 700-3256 N/A N/A 11.36kg 813 x 1016 £130.50
25 4 ply 1.50mm 700-3244 700-3245 700-3247 700-3258 700-3243 700-3259 24kg 813 x 1016 £255.25
10 8 ply 3.00mm 700-3248 700-3260 700-3261 700-3262 N/A N/A 23.64kg 813 x 1016 £255.25

II Unbuffered 100% Rag, Museum Quality Mounting Board


The same 100% rag board described above is manufactured without the addition of a calcium carbonate buffer for those who prefer mounting and matting photos with an unbuffered board.
Price per cartons of 10 sheets.

Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness White wt size Price


10 4 ply 1.50mm 701-3240A 9.6kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £126.40
25 4 ply 1.50mm 701-3240 24kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £225.25
25 2 ply 0.75mm 701-3242 11.36kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £126.50

78 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Antique White Natural Ivory

Cream

II Archival Conservation Mounting Board


This superior quality, purified high alpha cellulose mounting board is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve and will resist fading, discolouration and embrittlement for years
to come. Manufactured to museum quality standards, this mounting board has a smooth vellum surface quality and excellent cutting characteristics. Moderately priced and available in both 2 ply
(0.75mm) and 4 ply (1.50mm") board. Price per package.

2 Ply: 30pt Soft White (0.75mm) 25 Sheets/Pk


Product Code size wt Price
714-2810 8” x 10” (204 x 254mm) 0.9kg £8.90
714-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 4.55kg £63.90

Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness Pure White Soft White Antique White wt size (mm) Price
25 2 ply 0.75mm 714-3240 714-2324 N/A 12.75kg 813 x 1016 £96.25
25 4 ply 1.50mm 714-3243 714-4324 714-3244 23.18kg 813 x 1016 £185.00
25 4 ply 1.50mm N/A 714-4060 N/A 43.18kg 1016 x 1524 £250.21

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 79


II Mounting Board

II Corrugated Plastic Sheets


This rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable copolymer of polypropylene and polyethylene features a sturdiness unmatched by corrugated paper boards. Tests have proven that Corrugated
Plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture and edge and flat crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated Plastic will not burst on the Mullen Tester. An ideal material for box
making, print backing, picture framing, artifact support, and much more. Available in solid white and our new, translucent sheets for applications where some amount of visibility is
preferred. Both are 4mm thick.
Price per carton of 25 sheets.

Product Code colour size wt Price


225-3040TR Translucent 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 12.3kg £61.80
225-3040 White 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 12.3kg £61.80
225-4060 White 41 x 61” (1040 x 1550 x 4mm) 24.6kg £128.40

Conservation
Mounting Board
found on page 79

B. Acid-Free
Fome-Cor®

A. Unbuffered Museum
Mounting Board

80 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


II A. Unbuffered Museum Mounting Board
This 100% cotton mounting board is unbuffered with a neutral pH of 7.0. The pleasing
soft-white colour will compliment most photographs and is desirable for matting albumen,
White chromogenic photographs and dye transfer prints which should not be stored in an
alkaline environment. It is also an excellent choice for mounting textiles. Available in 2 or 4 ply.
Price per package.

2 Ply (0.75mm) 25 Sheet Package


Product Code size wt Price
701-3242 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 12.27kg £126.50
Translucent
4 Ply available in 10 Sheet Package
Product Code size wt Price
701-3240A 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 10kg £126.40

II B. Acid-Free Foam Board


This product was developed specifically for conservation quality framing. Designed to be
used in direct contact with art work in framing as well as for backer boards, exhibits, dis-
plays and models. Cuts easily. Lightweight and sturdy, these boards are made from high
quality neutral pH papers on an extruded polystyrene foam inner core 3mm or 5mm thick.
Packed 5 sheets per package. No broken packages. Save on 25 pack quantity.

Product Code size sheets Price


616-8771 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 5 £30.20
616-8771/25 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 25 £130.95
616-3240 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 5 £33.65
616-3240/25 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 25 £141.20
616-4060 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 5 £52.20
616-4060/25 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 25 £230.00

II Exhibition Foam Boards (non-archival)


This CFC-free rigid polystyrene board is light weight and ideally suited for all mounting and
display applications using our heat activated mounting and laminating products as well
as wet glue and spray adhesives. Its smooth brilliant surface presents photographs, maps,
artwork etc at their best and is easily cut, leaving a clean smooth edge. Colour: white.

Product Code size sheets Price


616-4030W 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 5 £21.75
616-4030/25 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 25 £97.60

II C. Bi-Corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board


Our exclusive blue/grey Bi-Corr™ Perma/Dur® acid-free and lignin-free corrugated board
with cross direction corrugation offers exceptional strength without heavy weight. For mak-
ing picture frame backings, special boxes, displays, or any application requiring an acid-
free durable board. A 3% calcium carbonate alkaline reserve is added for protection from
atmospheric pollutants.
Sold in full cartons only.

Product Code size shts/ctn wt Price


613-4001 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm) 8 16.36kg £208.75

C. Bi-Cor™ Cross II White Display Board (not shown)


This 2000 micron board, being only 2mm thick, is very rigid due to the dense core. It has
Direction Perma/Dur® the benefit of not attracting moisture (as does softer open structured mounting boards) and
Corrugated Board the smooth finish makes it ideal for exhibition mounting.

The manufacturers claim the White Display Board is pH neutral and priced competitively
for such a specialist product. This is a suitable alternative to foam board for creating
exhibition displays and is now the most popular board for exhibition designers.
Available in packs of 10 sheets.

Product Code size shts/ctn Price


809-5080 32” x 44” (815 x 1120mm) 10 £32.50

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 81


 Mounting Boards

 Acid-Free Davey Board


The Davey Co. has developed an acid-free board with a pH greater than 7 and an alkaline reserve. This board is far superior to
paperboard products which have been pasted or laminated together. If quality bookbinding is your goal, only the highest grade binder
board is good enough to withstand the severe stresses to which books are subjected. This board is available in standard sizes at a
reasonable price for those bookbinders, conservators and librarians who want all acid-free cover materials on their books.
Acid-Free Price per package.
Davey Board Board Product Code board size boards/thickness pk wt Price
473-0067 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .067 (1.70mm) 22 28.64kg £70.85
473-0082 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .082 (2.08mm) 18 25.91kg £73.85
473-0098 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .098 (2.49mm) 15 25.00kg £73.85

 Acid-Free Pearl-Grey Pressboard


Genuine Pressboard, 725gsm in thickness is specially manufactured with a neutral pH. It is ideal for binder covers, dividers or where
a strong rigid board of neutral material is essential. Packed 50 sheets per carton. Price per carton.
Acid-Free Product Code size wt Price
Pearl-Grey 711-2638 660 x 965mm 34kg £262.50
Pressboard

 Acid-Free Buffered Perma/Dur® Archival Corrugated Board


This strong, smooth, lightweight, pale blue-grey material is the ultimate in corrugated boards. Available in either single wall
(approx. 3mm) or double wall (approx. 6mm) thickness, Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board is acid-free, lignin-free and alkaline
buffered with 3% calcium carbonate added for an alkaline reserve in all three layers for maximum protection. This exclusive
board is made of fully bleached virgin fibres and is unusually strong - an excellent choice for boxmaking, print backers, picture
Corrugated framing, dividers - wherever a sturdy, light board is required. Price per carton.
Single Wall
Single Wall
Product Code size shts/pk wt Price
613-1114 11” x 14” (280 x 356mm) 10 0.6kg £13.95
613-1418 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 10 1.0kg £20.85
613-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 10 1.4kg £26.15
613-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 10 2.0kg £36.75
613-3040 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 25 14.5kg £149.00
613-4060 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 25 27.3kg £279.55
613-4896 48” x 96” (1219 x 2438mm) 15 36.4kg £326.15
Corrugated
Double Wall
Double Wall
Product Code size shts/pk wt Price
613-3041 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 10 11.4kg £134.20
613-4061 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 10 29.6kg £253.30

 Bi-Corr™ Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board


For ultimate strength and rigidity in archival board, we offer Bi-corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated board. As the name
suggests, we laminate two layers of our very best corrugated board together so the corrugation of each runs perpendicular to the
other. The result is a light weight board of exceptional strength which resists bending, folding, or curling. This blue/grey board, with
its 1/4” thickness, is exceptional for picture frame backing, but is equally effective as a sturdy display construction
Bi-Corr™ material. In fact, it excels in any application which requires a strong but lightweight acid-free material. A 3% calcium carbonate
buffer offers additional protection from atmospheric pollutants. Like both our single and double wall corrugated boards shown
above, this board is made of bleached cellulose fibres, and is acid-free and lignin-free. Sold in full cartons only. Price per carton.

Product Code size sheets/carton weight Price


613-4001 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm) 8 13.64kg £208.80

Our Cornerounder can add a professional finish to your own folders. See page 114.
See pages 78-79 for Museum Mounting Boards.

82 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Conservation Boards 

Buy online at www.preservationequipment.com

 Honeycomb Panels
These lightweight panels provide a sturdy support medium for a variety of applications. Each 13mm thick, off-white
panel is acid-free and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate, with a pH of approximately 8.0. They are manufactured
using a neutral polyvinyl acetate (PVA) adhesive. Ideally suited for supporting large works of art and heavy textiles, and
a great fabricating material for exhibits, displays, and models. Easily cut and shaped using a fine tooth saw blade or
sharp utility knife. Price per carton of 6 sheets.

Product Code board size sheets colour Price


037-9850 98.4” x 55” x 0.5” (2500 x 1400 x 13mm) 6 Natural White £514.00

Blue-Grey/White
 Buffered Blue-Grey/White Box Board
Sheets of our sturdy 1300gsm barrier board (pH 8.5) are now available for a variety of uses. This improved Barrier Board
barrier board is acid-free throughout and possesses excellent folding characteristics. Buffered with approximately
3% calcium carbonate. The blue-grey side has a smooth surface and the white lignin-free interior eliminates any
concern for colour transfer to objects placed against it. This board is ideal for making phase boxes, special size
boxes, dividers or any use where an archival quality board is required. May be cut to special sizes - consult our
customer service department. Sold in packages of 25 sheets.
Price per package.

Product Code thickness size grain wt Price Unbuffered Tan


345-1620 .060 (1.5mm) 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) long 6.36kg £42.20
345-3240 .060 (1.5mm) 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) long 26.36kg £146.90
Barrier Board
345-5833 .060 (1.5mm) 58” x 33” (1473 x 838mm) short 37.73kg £214.55

 Unbuffered Tan Box Board


An archivally safe board which can be used for making your own custom sized storage boxes, dividers,
heavyweight folders, pamphlet or photographic binders, etc. Acid-free and lignin-free, our non-buffered 1000gsm
board is manufactured for those applications where buffering compounds such as calcium carbonate would
cause an undesirable reaction with the materials contacting the board, including natural history specimens. This
attractive tan board is lightfast, non-bleeding, and most importantly has no internal polyester barrier which prevents Multi-use
materials from receiving adequate air-flow and intensified, unwanted internal chemical reactions. Package of 25
sheets (polywrapped and cartoned for moisture and handling protection). No broken packages, please. Corrugated E-Flute
Price per package of 25 sheets.

Product Code size grain wt Price


799-3040 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) short 23.64kg £148.80
799-4060 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) long 38.64kg £285.25

 Archival Corrugated E-Flute Board (Acid Free, Lignen Free, Buffered)


The strength of Perma/Dur® E-Flute corrugated board makes it ideal for box making. E-Flute is half the thickness
of standard B-Flute with nearly the same strength.
Multi-use Corrugated
Acid-Free, Lignin-Free and Buffered with calcium carbonate. Pleasing Blue/Grey colour. Folding and cutting are easy
and ideal for E-Flute corrugated board. Great for CAD box making machines. (1.75mm Thick). B-Flute Single Wall

Product Code size weight Sheets Per pack Price


612-2024E 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 2.1kg 10 £42.40
612-3040E 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 14.5kg 25 £156.75
612-3060E 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 27.3kg 25 £313.65

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 83


 Conservation Paper & Board

 Perma/Dur® Buffered Bristol Board


Perma/Dur® Bristol is a high quality acid-free, lignin-free and buffered Bristol with a variety of
potential uses. Excellent for folders, interleaving and lightweight mats. Also great for forms where
a sturdy and durable index Bristol is needed. Price per package of 100 sheets.

Medium Weight 0.25mm Thickness


Product Code size wt Price
Perma/Dur® 678-4112 10” x 12” (254 x 305mm) 1.5kg £21.70
Buffered Bristol Board 678-4162 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 4.6kg £49.25
678-4324 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 20.5kg £174.10

 Perma/Dur® Folder Stock


This 0.25mm thick folder stock is sturdy and durable, excellent for making special size folders,
as a divider, or for backing prints. It is acid-free, lignin-free and buffered, with a pH of 8.5 (±.2).
Price per package of 100 sheets.

Light Tan
Product Code grain size wt Price
750-1620 long 406 x 508mm 5.0kg £54.70
750-3240 long 813 x 1016mm 18.6kg £165.90

 Perma/Dur® Heavy Duty Folder Stock


Similar to the Perma/Dur® Folder Stock (above) except 0.5mm thickness for extra stiffness. It has
a variety of uses in addition to the construction of sturdy protective folders. Ideal for making phase
boxes, vertical standing dividers, print backings, drawer liners, lightweight mats, etc. Caution must
be used when folding as this stock must be scored and folded along the grain. Available in Light
Tan. Price per package of 50 sheets.
Perma/Dur®
Product Code grain size wt Price
Folder Stock 750-2620 long 381 x 508mm 5.0kg £45.75
750-3040 long 762 x 1016mm 19.6kg £170.00
750-4060 short 1016 x 1524mm 34.1kg £310.25

 Unbuffered, Lightweight Folder Stock


This unbuffered, 1660gsm paper is off-white in colour and has a pH between 7.0 and 7.5. It
scores easily and has excellent folding characteristics. Great for making folders, envelopes,
dividers or for interleaving, lining and printing. Sheet size is 32" x 40," grain long.
Price per package of 100 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price


670-3240 813 x 1016mm 15.5kg £148.00

Perma/Dur®
Heavy Duty  Silver Safe Photo Paper
Folder Stock This photo and silver safe unbuffered paper is made from high
purity 100% cotton all rag paper. It has been developed for photo-
graphic conservation. An ideal interleaving paper used for protecting
prints and works of art on paper. The fibre distribution and formation
are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by
abrasion. At the time of manufacture the pH value is between 6.8
and 7.2 since the paper is not buffered, a drop in pH value is to be
expected when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions.
Various uses are found for this 40gsm 100% cotton rag paper other than the obvious
photographic uses such as: Document and manuscript repair, backing, lining, reinforcing,
hinging, interleaving and wrapping. Ideal for storage where unbuffered stock is used such as for
wool and silk in textiles, silver and other artifacts.
This product passes the Photo Activity Test of ANSI Standard IT 9.16 in independent tests
performed at the Image Permanence Institute at Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, NY.
Lightweight Folder Stock
Product Code description wt Price
682-1180 sheets 40gsm 610 x 914mm £36.00 (50 sheets)
682-1182 sheets 40gsm 610 x 914mm £164.65 (250 sheets)
682-1191 roll 40gsm 1270mm x 227m £234.30 (roll)

84 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Paper Conservation 
 Unbuffered See Thru, Acid-Free Glassine
Acid-Free Glassine (26 gsm) for a variety of conservation applications. It is transparent and smooth with a pH of approximately

All available in sheets & rolls.


7.0 and is unbuffered. Its light weight makes it easy to fold or shape and is excellent for use in situations where its transparency
is helpful. Available in both rolls and sheets. Price per pack of 100 sheets

Product Code size Price


448-1625 406 x 508mm £23.30
448-3240 813 x 1016mm £76.70 See Glassine
448-4000 1016 x 305m Roll £136.50 Envelopes page 38
Glassine
 Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (16gsm)
Excellent for stuffing, interleaving or a variety of uses, this translucent tissue (16 gsm) is completely acid-free and has a thickness
of .001. Available in either sheets or rolls, it has countless applications in museums, archives or libraries. Its very soft surface makes
it an ideal choice for separation wrapping. Excellent for photographic and textile storage.
Price per pack Price per roll
Product Code qty size Price Product Code Size Price
741-1015 100 254 x 381mm £8.75 741-3250 1016 x 76m £49.77
741-1520 100 381 x 508mm £19.80 741-3500 1016 x 152m £74.30
741-3040 100 762 x 1016mm £35.60 741-3100 1016 x 305m £139.20
741-3041 12 762 x 1016mm £5.50 741-3160 1524 x 305m £210.25
Unbuffered Tissue
 Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (9gsm)
A long-fibered 9gsm tissue, which resembles Japanese papers in structure and appearance. Made from abaca fibers, this semi-
transparent paper lends itself to a wide variety of applications in conservation and preservation. At the time of manufacture the
pH value is between 6.8 and 7.2. Since the tissue paper is not buffered, a drop in pH is to be expected when exposed to normal
atmospheric conditions. Price per pack of 500

Product Code Size Price


741-1158 914 x 610mm £278.70

 Buffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper Buffered Tissue


The same .001 thick acid-free tissue (16 gsm) as above with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. Buffering agent will help
prevent acid migration to the tissue itself. Available in sheets or rolls.

Price per pack of 100 sheets Price per roll


Product Code Size Price Product Code Size Price
741-1015BF 254 x 381mm £8.10 741-2504BF 1016 x 76m £37.60
741-1520BF 381 x 508mm £19.24 741-5004BF 1016 x 152m £66.20
741-3040BF 762 x 1016mm £34.59 741-1040BF 1016 x 305m £125.75

 Microchamber® Paper
This acid-free thick, heavyweight paper is 100% cotton rag Microchamber®, 350 micron paper. The patented technology active-
ly protects the harmful effects of outgassing and damaging pollutants. These harmful gases are then neutralized by an alkaline
buffer of calcium carbonate. The paper is sulphur and lignen free with a pH of 8.9 and passes the Photographic Activity Test.
Price per pack of 25 sheets

Product Code Size Thickness Price


700-8649 813 x 1016 (32” x 40”) 350 micron £74.90

 Low Cost Acid-Free Tissue Paper (not shown)


We have introduced this unbuffered low cost acid-free tissue paper, after many requests from customers who use high volumes
of tissue paper in transportation of works of art. This low cost bleached wood pulp tissue does not replace our high quality
tissue papers. We made the rolls wider which is very useful for packing large items. One roll contains 1300 square metres of
tissue a little over a penny per m2. Price per roll

Product Code Size Thickness Price


741-1300 1300 x 100m 22gsm £17.95

 PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue


This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible,
PEL 5 Gram
translucent and made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered
with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft and Spider Tissue
strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural colour and wet strength
makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll.

Product Code Size Base Weight Price


682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 85


 Perma/Dur® Archival Paper
 Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets - Great for Photocopiers
University Products’ exclusive 20# Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) offers an excellent archival quality buffered paper at moderate
cost. Watermarked for your protection, it is a premium quality paper with a potential life of over 300 years. Perma/Dur® Bond
is an excellent choice for reproductions, reports, books, anywhere durability and longevity are a factor. For Laser Printing,
Xerographic or Lithographic processes. Available in White or Olde White colours.
Price per package of 500 sheets.

White
Product Code size gsm wt Price
678-8511 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 75g 2.32kg £13.90
678-1175 A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 75g 2.55kg £21.40
Olde White
678-1176 A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 75g 2.32kg £22.60

 Large Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets


Acid-free Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) in large sheets is ideal for wrapping and interleaving prints and drawings. These sheets may
also be used for printing and drawing papers where an acid-free sheet is required. Substance 20, White. Price per package.

Product Code sheets/pk size gsm wt Price


678-1722 50 17” x 22” (432 x 559mm) 75g 1.36kg £9.70
678-3240 50 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 75g 7.73kg £37.95
678-1711 500 11” x 17” (280 x 432mm) 75g 5.09kg £36.95

Now  Wide Rolls Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond


available Acid-free Perma/Dur® (75 gsm) in 34" wide x 100 yard rolls for wrapping, separating and interleaving. Very useful when an acid-
free paper is needed in varying sizes. Substance 20, White. Price per roll.
in White &
Olde White Product Code size gsm wt Price
678-3400 864mm x 92m 75g 7.5kg £69.27

 Perma/Dur® Buffered Ledger


An excellent acid-free paper (120gsm) used as an end paper in book binding. Its smooth finish is resistant to dirt marks or
abrasions. Also used for lightweight folders, special envelopes and the like. Its pleasing Olde White colour and .007 (36#)
thickness make it a good choice for many archival paper uses. Watermarked. Price per package of 100 sheets.

Product Code size gsm wt Price


678-24A4 A4 297 x 210mm 120 0.86kg £8.25

 Byron Weston Paper (100% New Cotton)


A very high quality archival paper for valuable records. This white linen record paper from Byron Weston is produced from 100%
new cotton, acid and lignin free, 120gsm, A4 size used for photocopying, laser printing and inkjet printers. The record paper is
 Archive Text an excellent choice for reports, books, documents and records which are required to be preserved for the future.
Archive text is specially designed for long life by incorporating Product Code Description Size Base Weight Quantity Price
several very important features:
219-0032 Record Paper (A4) 297 x 210mm 120gsm 500 sheets £87.95
 Surface sized with gelatine starch.
 Woodfree pulp which gives high strength.
 Alkali buffering with 2% calcium carbonate to give  Buffered Acid-free and Lignen
protection against atmospheric acidity (currently about
pH 4 in London.
Free Wrapping Paper
 Not using conventional alum/rosin sizing but a special (Light Tan & Blue/Gray)
sizing which is neutral pH to ensure an acid-free paper. This sturdy, medium weight light tan paper (110gsm2) has
excellent strength for many wrapping uses. It is an excellent
The long life of the paper is demonstrated by subjecting it to choice for wrapping and protection of documents and art work
accelerated ageing at high temperature and testing for tear - for either storage or shipping. It is buffered and has an
resistance and folding endurance. These attributes make it average pH of 8.5. Price per roll.
ideal for documents and records which are required to be pre-
The pleasing, blue/grey 90gsm wrapping paper is slightly
served for posterity. The paper is classified as a permanent
lighter than the tan, acid-free and buffered, and has excellent
long life paper as defined in the American National Standard
folding, cuting and handling characteristics.
Z39.48-1992 and greatly exceeds ISO9706.

Product Code 678-70A4


size A4 297 x 210mm (11.7” x 8.27”) Product Code Description Size Wt Price
base weight 85gsm 613-0037 Blue/Grey 914mm x 91m (36” x 100yds) 9kg £56.00
quantity 500 613-2625 Light Tan 660mm x 228m (26” x 250yds) 19.5kg £149.20
price £11.95 613-5425 Light Tan 1321mm x 229m (52” x 250yds) 36.3kg £272.00

86 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Paper Conservation 
 Buffered Alpha Cellulose
Alpha Cellulose paper (105 gsm) in a pleasing ivory shade is an excellent choice for book plates,
calligraphy and book printing. Its acid-free qualities provide protection when used as end papers
in rare books. Other uses include printing, typing or Xerographic copying.
Price per 100 sheets.

Product Code size gsm wt Price


716-8275 (A4) 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 105 0.68kg £12.95

 Unbuffered Blotting Paper


This 112# (346 gsm), 100% cotton rag blotter is great for any number of conservation
applications. Use it in wet treatment of papers and as a blotter in leaf casting. Line drawers
and shelves with it to protect your artifacts or natural history specimens. It is also fine as a
lining material in conservation picture framing. Because it is smooth and unbuffered, it is
perfect for use with most photo processes. This pure waterleaf paper contains no buffers or
fillers. The pH is 8.5 (± .2); white.

Sheets
Product Code sts./ctn. size gsm wt Price
535-1925 10 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 346 1.8kg £32.68
535-3825 25 38” x 25” (965 x 635mm) 346 5.8kg £99.95
535-3850 25 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 346 16.4kg £210.60

 Multisorb Blotting Paper


This is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting and
paper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, the
sheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is not
recommended for permanent interleaving or mounting.

Product Code sheets size gsm Price


682-3020A 25 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £39.85
682-3020 100 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £151.85

 PEL Blotting Paper


Acid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7.  Document Cleaning Powder & Pads
Lineco’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty, or mouldy paper
Product Code size base wt qty Price items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that absorbs and cleans surface dirt from
535-1000 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 300gsm 100 £54.95 paper. Price each.
535-1048 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”) 300gsm 50 £59.95
Product Code Description wt Price
782-1004 one cleaning pad 90g £2.40
782-1000 2lb can of powder 2.0lbs (0.91kg) £9.95
 Unbuffered Interleaving Sheets & Roll
This unbuffered 40gsm paper is made from high purity 100% all rag cotton. The fibre distribution To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of white
and formation are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by abrasion. An ideal cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned. This action
interleaving paper used for protecting prints and works of art on paper. causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning powder. Once the area
Available in 250 or 50 pack 24" x 36" sheets. is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean, renewed appearance.
Product Code size base wt quantity Price
682-1180 610 x 914mm 40gsm 50 sheets £36.00
682-1182 610 x 914mm 40gsm 250 sheets £164.60
682-1191 1270 x 227m 40gsm Roll £234.30

 Masa Lining Paper


This Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and artists. Machine made white, thick,
strong paper with one side smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for printmak-
ing and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an excellent material for lining of large format
works of art. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price


682-3200 1092mm x 30m 70gsm £58.50

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 87


 Japanese Paper
A  A. Kitakata*  F. Mulberry Rolls
Handmade in Japan of 90% Phillipine Gampi and 10% Machine made version of the most popular Oriental paper
pulp. The buff shade and silky touch of this paper make it a in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than its handmade counterpart,
favourite with conservators of old books and documents. Also but it affords the conservator a large format. Sheet is 10%
used for wood cuts, etchings and for Chine Colle applications. Kozo with the balance being 90% sulphite pulp. There are no
Acid-free and deckled on four sides. chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added before
B Price per package of 10 sheets. drying. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price Product Code size wt Price


682-2620 510 x 410mm 36gsm £21.00 682-2710 690mm x 9.15m 52gsm £37.75

 B. Usumino (Kizuki-shi)
C Silky 100% Kozo sheet paper. Natural in colour, with body
 G. Hosokawa Ohban*
and a hard surface. Created by master craftsmen of Japan. A handmade sheet of 100% Kozo, most popular with conser-
Especially made for mending since its fibres are compact and vators as backing or support sheet for maps, documents, etc.,
can be torn into a strong web. May be used for bookbinding. especially larger pieces because it is slightly heavier than
Price per package of 5. most Japanese papers. Also an excellent choice in block
printing. Price per package of 5 sheets.
Product Code size wt Price
682-2836 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm £65.80 Product Code size wt Price
682-2926 970 x 640mm 23gsm £54.00

 C. Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru*


Created by one of the master craftsmen of Japan, this 100%
Kozo paper is very soft and silky in appearance with chain  Japanese Hinging Tissue
lines. Its great strength makes it practical for all types of repair These generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x
work. Price per package of 5. 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper are specially manufactured
D with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect,
Product Code size wt Price deckled-edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are
682-2129 720 x 520mm 22gsm £31.45 arranged at various distances apart, to form hinges from
6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length.
Available in lightweight 12gsm for photographs and light art-
 D. Okawara Large Sheets work, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with wheat
100% Kozo sheet, cream colour with smooth surface, and or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges.
fibres are quite visible throughout. Strong, soft and supple Pack of 4 sheets.
E with laid lines. Excellent for conservation and print making.
Machine made in Japan from 50% Kozo and 50% sulphite Product Code description Price
pulp. Price per package of 5 sheets. 682-0012 12gsm Hinging Paper £24.50
682-0020 20gsm Hinging Paper £26.15
Product Code size wt Price
682-3672 1830 x 910mm 60gsm £48.50 Preservation Equipment Ltd has access to many
other Japanese papers if you can not find the paper
F you require. Please contact our customer service
 E. Mulberry Paper department we may be able to locate the paper
This white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and
70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes from the mulberry plant
from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is
strong, very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its
conservation uses, this paper is excellent for printing or
printmaking. Price per package of 10 sheets.
G
Product Code size wt Price
682-2433 850 x 640mm 42gsm £23.00

 Handmade Japanese & Conservation Paper


Preservation Equipment offers the most complete selection of
Handmade Japanese Papers and Conservation Papers. All
are specifically designed for conservation but have a variety
of uses in the hands of a creative person. Acid-free, they are
delicate looking yet are remarkably tear resistant.

 Japanese Paper Swatchbook


A swatchbook of our Japanese papers. Designed to assist you
with your selection of colour and texture for your projects.

Product Code Price


682-Sampler £6.00

88 Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Paper Japanese 
 H. Kaji Natural  Assorted Hinging Paper H
Handmade in Japan of 100% Kozo. Lightweight yet sturdy. A variety of the highest quality Japanese Hinging Papers
This sheet is a prime example of the best Oriental hand allows you to select the proper thickness and strength for your
papermaking. Good for conservation, woodcuts, and letterpress. particular application. The five papers included in the assort-
Acid-free, unsized with four deckled edges. ment have different weights and finishes, one just right for
Price per package of 5 sheets. your job. I
Product Code size wt Price Product Code Price
682-2439 980 x 640mm 11gsm £23.80 682-4000 6 Assorted Papers £32.00

 I. Sekishi Natural*  Assortment Includes


Handmade in Japan of Kozo and sulphite pulp. A soft, light- Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru
weight paper showing dispersed fibres that do not intrude and (one 720 x 520mm 22gsm handmade, 100%
give a rather soft background. kozo, lightweight with laid finish sheet)
Price per package of 5 sheets. Sekishu White (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet)
Product Code colour size wt Price Sekishu Natural (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet)
682-2439NA Natural 990x610mm 30gsm £16.25 Kizukishi
(one 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm, 100% kozo,
 J. Tosa Tengujo* silky, long fibre sheet)
A handmade, 100% Kozo paper, with especially long, silky Mulberry
fibres that give the paper an almost woven look. (two 850 x 640mm 42gsm sheets)
Price per package of 5 sheets. handmade, kozo and sulphite pulp,
long fibre, lightweight, strong and soft.
Product Code size wt Price
682-2925 790 x 540mm 9gsm £36.50  M. PEL Wet Strength Repair Tissue
This toned tissue is specifically designed for wet repairs in
 K. Silk Tissue paintings and paper conservation. The tissue is exclusive
Machine made in Japan of Gampi and sulphite pulp. It is a to PEL. Paintings and paper conservators are finding that the
very silky paper which is also very transparent. Excellent for tissue is the strongest wet strength tissue available and has a
interleaving, for overlays on prints or over illustrations in books. higher wet strength than tissues offered by other suppliers.
The tissue has a unique lint-free long fibre non-woven special
Acid-free. Price per package of 10.
blend of high strength, large diameter premium grade abacca
Product Code Size wt Price fibres and other selected cellulose fibres. The fibres are
682-2824 610 x 460mm 10gsm £14.95 specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity control at light
basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The structure is
characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and consistently
 L. Masa Lining Paper uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size distribution. This
This Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and uniformity provides exceptional fibre retention under stress J
artists. Machine made white, thick, strong paper with one side with excellent drapability and elongation.
smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for
printmaking and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an Product Code size Price
excellent material for lining of large format works of art. 682-3612 1016mm x 100m £84.95
Price per roll. 682-3614 1016mm x 250m £189.50
weight 12.3gsm
Product Code
682-3200
size wt
1092mm x 30m 70gsm
Price
£58.50
thickness 0.0020 inches (51 micron) K
air permeability 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm
Water Delta P
*Denotes that these papers use natural tororo dry tensile MD 5.71 lbs/in
dry tensile CM 1.85 lbs/in
 PEL-TISSUE (toned) wet burst 2.68 psi
This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL to moisture 7.5%
replace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made. pH extract (cold) 6.75 M
Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took the
opportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas.
• Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a  PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue
stark white) This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tis-
• Less visible with lamination wet repairs sue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and
• Uniform covering is very even, again less visible made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong.
Made from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wet The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair
localised or full manuscript repairs, making the lamination work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft L
barely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleav- and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate
ing papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles and works of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes
other conservation applications. We also now use this same the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair.
tissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price Product Code Size Base Wt Price


682-3610 927mm x 100m 9gsm £68.60 682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 89


 Dry Mounting
 Acid-Free Mounting Adhesive
Archival Quality. Acid-Free adhesive that has a completely
neutral pH balance. The thermoplastic adhesive melts in the
heating process, becomes transparent and adheres rapidly.
Low-Temperature (70ºc) is formulated for general mounting
applications in all presses and used in place of conventional
mounting tissue. May be used to heat bond lithographs,
posters, newsprint, parchment, art papers, all photographs
including RC, and most mount and mat boards.
note: Removable with heat. Price per Roll

Product Code size Price


426-2030 1040mm x 25m £130.20

 Permanent Dry Mounting Film


Non-Archival. This film is ideal when mounting photographs,
posters etc. onto difficult or uneven surfaces such as chip-
board and plastics. It is also used for the canvas bonding
process. It is slightly tacky which helps to position mounting
work before activating in the press. This material is a PVC film
coated on both sides with heat activated adhesive, supplied
between two release papers.
Price per Roll
 PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue
Product Code Size Base Weight Price This handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese
Product Code size Price
682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85 Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The
426-6125 1040mm x 25m £162.75 tissue is flexible, translucent and made from
long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and
paper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural
 Permanent Dry Mounting Tissue colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll.
Non-Archival. An all purpose widely used heat activated
mounting tissue. Used for dry mounting paper subjects  Over Laminating Exhibition Film (heat activated)
including resin-coated photographs to card, hardboard,
Product Code size Price Non-Archival. This pre-pierced film is used for overlaminating
chipboard, foamboard etc.
426-1707 650mm x 25m £72.00
exhibitions, photographs, posters and papers to protect them
Price per Roll
from sticky fingers etc. The satin matt finish prevents glare from
426-1708 1040mm x 25m £120.75
lighting and gives an attractive appearance to your display. A 50
Product Code size Price micron film which is conveniently pre-pierced to allow air to escape during application. A foam blanket must be used when applying
426-1508 1040mm x 25m £59.85 over laminating film especially on photographs. Price per Roll.

 A. PEL Wet Strength Repair Tissue


The tissue is exclusive to PEL and is specifically designed for
wet repairs in paintings and paper conservation. Paintings
and paper conservators are finding that the tissue is the strongest
wet strength tissue available and has a higher wet strength than
tissues offered by other suppliers. The tissue has a unique lint-free
long fibre non-woven special blend of high strength, large diameter
premium grade abacca fibres and other selected cellulose fibres.
The fibres are specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity
control at light basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The
structure is characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and
consistently uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size
distribution. This uniformity provides exceptional fibre retention
under stress with excellent drapability and elongation.

Product Code size Price


 Self-Adhesive Mounting Board - Photo and Print Mounting without a Press. 682-3612 1016mm x 100m £84.95
682-3614 1016mm x 250m £189.50
PEL’s new “Perfect Mount” cold application adhesive mounting board makes it easy to mount your photos and prints like a
professional without a dry mounting press. Simply peel the liner and position the photograph on the board. Most items bond within
minutes after pressure is applied allowing you some repositioning, if necessary. Complete instructions are included with each pack- weight 12.3gsm
age. The soft-white, board is available in 2mm thickness. The adhesive is a safe, cold application acrylic adhesive which will not thickness 0.0020 inches (51 micron)
damage or discolour your photo or print in later years. Please note that this is a permanent process and should not be used on items air permeability 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm
that may need to be removed at a later date or rare originals. Non Archival. Water Delta P
dry tensile MD 5.71 lbs/in
Product Code size qty Price dry tensile CM 1.85 lbs/in
887-1114 11” x 14” (355 x 279mm) 20 £32.55 wet burst 2.68 psi moisture 7.5%
887-2024 20” x 24” (610 x 508mm) 20 £68.25 pH extract (cold) 6.75

90 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Laminating Tissue Mounting 

 ABF (Area Bonded Fibre) spirits. Care should be taken when delaminating documents  PEL-TISSUE (toned)
printed with inks which may have been spirit based. Note:
Thin, non-woven nylon is coated with an acrylic adhesive and This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL to
Tissue is mounted on a carrier sheet and must be removed
is similar in appearance to Archibond Tissue. Cerex® is replace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made.
extremely strong, tear resistant and flexible. Ideal for use prior to application. Price per roll. Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took the
when repaired document or book is expected to be handled opportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas.
Product Code roll size wt Price
considerably. note: ABF must be removed from carrier sheet • Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a
533-7410 900mm x 25m 4kg £83.50
prior to application. stark white)
533-7400 900mm x 100m 12kg £283.80
• Less visible with lamination wet repairs
Product Code size wt Price • Uniform covering is very even, again less visible
533-4110
533-4027
1040mm x 25m 4.5kg
1040mm x 100m 13kg
£95.20
£353.50
 Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers) Made from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wet
localised or full manuscript repairs, making the lamination
Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation
barely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleav-
applications. We have it available as adhesive film sandwiched
 Archibond Heat between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® support-
ing papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles and
other conservation applications. We also now use this same
Set Tissue (toned) ing sheet. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air
tissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue.
For laminating or repair. Used for document repair and blower and remove the support film. Since it is not a liquid it
protection, Archibond 9gsm Tissue produces a lamination that can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no Product Code size wt Price
is barely detectable on the repaired document. Neutral pH tis- fear of it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of
682-3610 927mm x 100m 9gsm £68.60
sue is coated one side with archivally approved pure acrylic papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll.
adhesive. Page repairs are done easily with a tacking iron
(full laminations require the use of a hardbed press). Acrylic Product Code size Price
adhesive is removable (even after artificial aging) with mineral 695-371 686mm x 5m £92.60

 Exhibition Mounting Machine Product Code Description Price


809-6204 Exhibition Mounting Machine £659.00
The machine requires no heat for mounting photographs or paper prints and is ideal for digital 809-3165 Double Sided Mounting Film 650mm x 25m £82.95
photographs. All your exhibition graphics can be mounted on card/foam centred board/Perspex/ 616-4030W Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) £21.75 (5pk)
MDF/rigid plastic board – all up to 10mm thick. Flexible, rigid, temporary or permanent displays 616-4030/25 Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) £97.60 (25pk)
can be created. The 610mm throat means even large displays can be created on many types of 809-5080 White Display Board 815mm x 1120mm (32 x 44”) £32.50 (10pk)
mounting boards. Siliconised rollers are a feature normally found on expensive laminators, on
this machine they come as standard giving clean, perfect results every time.
Specification
The PEL range of pressure sensitive films are designed for use with the Exhibition Mounting Power Supply 220/240 volt
Machine and can be used on other roller laminators. The films contain UV stabilisers and Power consumption 500 watts (5 amps)
inhibitors to prevent the effects of fading from light. You should remember that the adhesives Dimensions 280mm H x 280mm L x 760mm W
are non-archival and are not suitable for rare originals. For the best results we recommend Weight 28kg
using boards that have been designed with mounting in mind. Maximum working sizes: 610mm width x 1040mm length x 10mm thickness

 Materials
Double Sided Mounting Film Pressure sensitive adhesive is coated to
both sides of a clear film. This film is used to coat all types of artwork or
boards making them self adhesive. Protected with twin release papers.
Foam Centred Board For high gloss photography and situations where
weight is a consideration we recommend using our 5mm thick foam
board.
White Display Board This 2000 micron board (2mm thick) has a
very dense core which does not attract moisture (as does softer open
structured mounting boards). The dense core is smoother than ordinary
pulp boards reducing the effect of orange peel on glossy work.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 91


 Conservation Materials
 Wool Felt
The best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses all
other drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A truly
top quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine. C.
Product Code size qty Price
986-2410 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 10m roll £171.00
986-2405 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 5m roll £94.00
B.
 PEL-Softwrap
Acid-free, very soft handleable drapable material, already used for protecting fragile works of A.
art especially in storage. Used for lining boxes, rolling textiles etc.

Product Code thickness size Price


492-8000 44gsm 0.35mm 1200mm x 25m Roll £31.95
492-8100 80gsm 0.90mm 1500mm x 25m Roll £89.95

 Bondina
We have been requested to include Bondina in our range of non-woven polyester materials.
Many conservators have used Bondina and know it well for various conservation treatments.
Has an extra smooth surface and is much slicker than Reemay. The thinner 30gsm has a paper
like feel making it ideal for lining.

Product Code size Price


 A. Flymesh Netting
Ideal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective grid
492-3228 30gsm 1000mm x 10m £28.60
while vacuum cleaning delicate textiles.
492-3230 30gsm 1000mm x 50m £98.25
492-1010 100gsm 1000mm x 10m £58.95 Product Code size Price
805-7110 1220mm x 10m Roll £52.90
 Tyvek (Now available in 3m wide rolls)
Tyvek fulfils the function of gas-permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven  B. Capillary Matting 8204
protective cover for artifacts, textiles, soft furnishings, tapestries etc. providing a barrier to dust
This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has the
and spores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. Now available in 3 meter wide rolls.
advantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when used
with Gore-Tex or Sympatex.
Product Code size Price
Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leaf
212-1422 1524mm x 25m Roll £49.50
casting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine.
212-1422100 1524mm x 100m Roll £183.40
212-1422300 3000mm x 50m Roll £206.40 Product Code size Price
986-8204 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll £20.20
986-8204-50 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll £152.90

 C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®)


This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach the
object without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method in
removal of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects.

Product Code size Price


986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80

 Goldbeaters Skin
Goldbeaters skin is a thin transparent
membrane with great tensile strength
which was traditionally used as an
interleaf for the manufacture of gold leaf.
Used for the conservation of parchment
and strengthening to books, this natural
material is not readily available, however
we have located a reliable supplier who
knows the special requirements of
conservators and bookbinders. Also
used in miniture conservation to
reseal coverglass to backing card.

Product Code size Price


682-6025 approx. 590mm x 150mm. Pack of 4 skins £25.50

92 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Conservation Materials 

Buy online at:


www.preservationequipment.com

 PTFE Cloth
This heavy-duty cloth is extremely useful since nothing sticks to its surface. Can be used over
and over again in hard bed and vacuum presses.
492-12041
Product Code size Price
426-0108 1000mm x per metre £44.50

 Silicone Coated Polyester Film


This 36 micron clear polyester film is silicone coated on both sides, making an ideal release
film for hot tables and our Hot Glass Vacuum Press, as it allows work to be viewed during the
B.492-12041
492-12050 mounting process. Furthermore it will last longer than release papers.

Product Code size Price


534-8411 1270mm x 25m Roll £48.95
 Saatifil
Saatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting  12 Micron Silicone Coated Polyester
and paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables. Silicone coated one side only, following a long search we are now able to provide this excellent
492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PEL- product for conservation. Ideal for use as a transparent membrane on vacuum hot tables,
Caster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repair vapour treatment and other applications.
and other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surface
which prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weave Product Code size Price
material, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm. 534-0012 1600mm x 45m roll £172.00
492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smooth
surface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used over  12 Micron Polyester Film
fragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving Used mainly for hot tables when lining paintings. Extra wide, very light clear strong film.
the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on
vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum table Product Code size Price
holes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50 415-12 1523mm x 100m roll £45.40
micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll
 Dartek® Cast Nylon Film
Product Code Description size Price
Conservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft, trans-
492-12041 Saatifil 100% Polyester 1070mm x 5m £102.60 parent, nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. It is often used as a cover-
492-12050 Saatifil 100% Polypropylene 2370mm x 3m £215.00 ing membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure table, becoming
softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a dark, climate
controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing material, makes a
 Acid-Free 50gsm Greaseproof (Food Grade) Paper great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. The .075" thick
PEL makes every effort to introduce products that are frequently requested. This paper is one material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick to painting
of them and is a suitable alternative to silicone coated release paper. The paper has a parch- surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and adheres to itself
ment feel and is softer than silicone papers. No doubt conservators will find various uses for this or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll.
paper especially with the lower price PEL is offering.
Price per roll. Product Code size wt Price
216-88200 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £99.85
Product Code size wt Price
741-9000 900mm x 100m 50gsm £21.50
 Silicone Coated Paper
High quality white paper silicone coated. Prevents excess adhesive sticking to other surfaces
and press platen. Especially useful in preparing single-sided laminations.

Product Code size Price


426-0923 1300mm x 25m Roll - single sided with grid backing £42.50

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 93


 Conservation Materials

Our sealing machines are


ideal as an inexpensive
means of creating your
own pouch.

Moisture Oxygen Barrier Film


with off gassing interceptor

 Marvelseal® 360
Marvelseal® 360 is an aluminised polyethylene and nylon barrier film. New Marvelseal® 470
is an aluminised polyethylene and polypropylene barrier film. Both resist the transmission
of water vapour and other atmospheric gases. This economical, flexible and easy to fabricate
material is used for passive humidity controlled shipping or storage bags. In addition,
Marvelseal® is ideal for lining the inside of shipping crates and exhibit cases, and for
lining shelves with the objective of decreasing off-gassing from exposed wooden surfaces. It
has also been used to create a sealed framing package and to create a low oxygen environ-
ment to treat insect infestation.
Price per roll.

Product Code Description size wt Price


974-3610 Marvelseal® 360 1219mm x 10m 5.7kg £41.95
974-3650 Marvelseal® 360 1219mm x 50m 29.4kg £149.95

Marvelseal is often stapled to wooden shelves and shipping crates to reduce off-gassing. Use
the acid-free foil sealing tape with acrylic adhesive listed below to cover staples and seal the
punctures they create. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price


387-0151 1.25”w x 1000” (32mm x 25m) 182g £8.50
387-0156 3.5” x 1000” (89mm x 25m) 318g £17.95

 Foil-Backed Shelf Liner


If you have old wooden shelves or cases, you can protect your collections against direct contact
with the harmful elements in wood by using this unique material to line drawers or shelves. The
aluminum foil on one side acts as a barrier against harmful chemicals while your book or
artifact only comes in contact with the alkaline buffered, white paper. For those collections for
which unbuffered storage materials are indicated, we suggest you use this liner foil-side up
and then top with a sheet of Polyfelt, Ethafoam, or unbuffered blotter. Replace the topsheet as
needed; the foil-backed liner can remain in place.
Roll size: 25" x 100' on a 3" core.

Product Code size wt Price


387-2510 635mm x 30m 2.45kg £53.95
 Moistop Barrier Foils
Moistop is a highly technically designed laminated barrier foil consisting of polyester, aluminium
foil and polythene, used to prevent corrosion and moisture damage to works of art.
Used in shipping, storage and as a barrier from off gassing, giving protection to moisture
Visit PEL online at sensitive objects. Heat sealable at 180C/2 Seconds, the PEL crossweld Sealing Machine is ideal
for sealing Moistop. Price each.
www.preservationequipment.com
Product Code Description Price
970-0010 1500mm x 10m Roll £44.60
970-0002 1500mm x 200m Roll £469.00

94 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Conservation Adhesives 

 White Neutral pH Adhesive


Our acid-free adhesive has excellent lay-flat properties and dries clear. Easy to use
polyvinyl acetate (PVA) formula is fast setting. This adhesive was formulated specifi-
cally for preservation materials and will not become brittle with age. Adheres to most
surfaces. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


901-1008 (8oz. in Dispenser Bottle) 227g £4.25
901-1032 (Quart) 0.95 litres £13.25
901-1128 Gallon (3.8 Litres) 4.27kg £29.95

 Dispenser Pump
Take advantage of the lower cost on gallon containers of adhesives. Now you can
use our rugged, reusable plastic pump to dispense small quantities of glue from
gallon containers. No more drips, spills, or sticky messes to clean up! Fits all our
gallon containers. A real handy money-saver! Inexpensively priced.
Price each.

Product Code wt Price


411-1000 1.05kg £6.26

 Ethulose  Methyl Cellulose Adhesive Tube


Product Code wt Price Ethulose adhesive (ethyl hydro The 40ml tube is ready to use with a fine dispensing nozzle. The adhesive is a bio polymer
615-5000 591g £23.50 yethyl cellulose) forms a tough cellulose derivative (methyl hydroxyl ethyl cellulose). From a conservation point of view it is
flexible film when dry. Easy to reversible, adhesive and water soluble and a high quality adhesive. Used for mounting papers,
prepare: simply dust the correct amount of Ethulose onto the surface of well-stirred water, picture framing and works especially well with Japanese papers. This ready made adhesive is
stir until the mixture thickens, and let it stand overnight until Ethulose is fully dissolved. A 4% extremely suitable for various conservation applications and is transparent.
solution in water is about as viscous as honey; 8 to 10% solutions are gels and typically do not
flow. These solutions may be diluted with pure ethyl alcohol to produce solutions where water Product Code Description Price
alone would stain or defibrillate the paper items. Ethulose solutions do not support bacteria or 793-1400 40ml tube £12.95
mould growth. Available in 400 gm jars. Price each.

 Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers)


 Polyvinyl Alcohol Adhesive Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation applications. We have it available as
A good conservation adhesive which ages without yellowing. Polyvinyl alcohol is extremely adhesive film sandwiched between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® supporting sheet.
soluble in water for reversibility, and remains flexible as it ages. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air blower and remove the support
film. Since it is not a liquid it can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no fear of
Price each.
it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll.
Product Code Description wt Price
411-1008 8oz. plastic applicator top bottle 273g £9.55 Product Code size Price
411-1016 16oz. plastic jar 545g £20.70 695-371 686mm x 5m (27” x 20ft) £92.60

A variety of brushes for applying glues and adhesives can be found on page 123

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 95


 Adhesives Acid-Free

 Wheat Starch  Repair/Hinging Blotters  Scotch™ Glue Stick


A very carefully purified, uncooked food grade wheat starch. We recommend you use these acid-free, highly absorbent This non-toxic, odour free, solid adhesive is a convenient
When cooked, it makes a superior smooth wheat paste adhesive. blotters when you're hinging or repairing with Japanese paper means of adhering paper, cardboard or lightweight fabrics.
note: must be cooked. Price each. and wheat starch paste. This conservation quality blotting White adhesive, with a pH of 12 +/-.5, goes on clear and dries
paper has a soft textured surface, a pH of 8.0 and is buffered clear. Price each.
Product Code Description wt Price with 3% calcium carbonate. Blotters may be used over and
615-1002 (2oz.) 57g £5.25 over. Price per package of 24-6"x 6" blotters. Product Code wt Price
615-1008 (8oz.) 227g £8.82 477-0023 205g £1.63
615-1000 2 kilos (4.4lbs) 2.14kg £20.65 Product Code wt size qty Price
702-6060 227g 152 x 152mm 24 £15.96
 Acryloyd B-72 Adhesive (Pellets)
 Belgian Rice Starch Acryloyd B-72 is a copolymer of ethyl methacrylate and
Similar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch  Porcelain Mortar & Pestle methyl acrylate supplied in 100% resin pellets which are
adhesive paste after cooking. The ceramic mortar and pestle have been used for centuries soluble in acetone, toluene, and xylene. An excellent general
note: must be cooked. Price each. as a means of reducing substances to powder and for mixing. purpose resin/adhesive, it can be applied in either clear
It’s still a great tool for obtaining a smooth mixture of paste or or pigmented coatings by a variety of application methods
Product Code Description wt Price adhesives for your restoration work. Price each. and can be air dried or baked. Acryloid B-72 has a very low
615-1502 (2oz.) 90g £5.25 reactivity with sensitive pigments, and is durable and
615-1508 (8oz.) 273g £8.82 Product Code wt Price non-yellowing. Use in very dilute (5%) concentrations to
615-1500 2 kilos (4.4lbs) 2.14kg £20.60 936-MORT 273g £19.25 consolidate flaking glazes or decayed surfaces; use in heavier
concentration (20%) to form adhesive. This material has
also been used as an underlining for numbering, a varnish
for paintings, and a gap filler. The product is reversible with
 Jin Shofu solvents. Price each.

Jin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for Product Code wt Price
mounting papers and boards. 422-9000 500g £15.75
Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water
and mix thoroughly. You may need to experiment to obtain the
correct consistency for your project. More water will make a  Jade Adhesive 403N
thinner paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. Jade 403 Polyvinyl Acetate Adhesive is a neutral adhesive
During cooking stir constantly or use our Cook ‘N’ Stir Paste that is extremely flexible, fast setting, and dries transparent.
 Japanese Strainers Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the This popular adhesive is used in numerous applications,
Beautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high heat and let it cool to room temperature before using. For fine including bonding wood, plastic, ceramics, vellum, and
quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”) paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see page 155). Store a variety of commonly used bookbinding materials. This
diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking and prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the adhesive will freeze. Avoid winter shipments when possible.
especially after storage and recooking. This removes any refrigerator. Any mould that grows can simply be scraped off
lumps and makes a very smooth paste. the top. Product Code size wt Price
964-40308 8oz. 273gms £15.40
Product Code Price Product Code Weight Price 964-40332 quart 1.1kg £44.30
996-7024 Horsehair £79.00 996-8000 1kg £14.95 964-403128 gallon (3.8litre) 4.3kg £136.50

96 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


 Conservation Hinging Tape

 Self Adhesive Linen Hinging Tape  Self Adhesive Hinging Tissue


Product Code size wt Price Lineco's Self Adhesive Linen Product Code size wt Price This pressure sensitive,
533-1055 32mm x 46m 318gms £28.95 Tape is an extra strong, very 533-0125 25mm x 10m 45gms £7.63 Mounting/Hinging Tissue is
533-1015 32mm x 10m 90gms £9.95
thin linen cloth coated with a 533-0126 25mm x 30m 90gms £13.44
a fine, long fibre tissue with
neutral pH non-yellowing, an archival quality, pressure
pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The high thread count makes it an excellent choice for sensitive acrylic adhesive that is permanent and non-yellowing. Ideal for hinging translucent art
hinging window mats to backer mats, or for making repairs in book, etc. Price per roll. such as Japanese paper, papyrus, and other light weight art because it won't show through.
Mineral spirits are required for removal. Price per roll.

 Japanese Hinging Tissue


These generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper
are specially manufactured with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect, deckled-
edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are arranged at various distances apart, to
form hinges from 6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length. Available in lightweight  Gummed Paper Hinging Tape
12gsm for photographs and light artwork, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with The high tensile strength of
wheat or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges. Product Code size wt Price
this quality, water activated
Pack of 4 sheets. 533-0751 25mm x 40m 136gms £5.99
hinging tape will support all
but the heaviest works of art. The paper is acid-free with a calcium carbonate buffer and a pH
Product Code description size Price
of 8.5. The neutral pH adhesive has excellent tack to hold firmly without slipping or “creeping.”
682-0012 12gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 597 x 432mm £24.50
Price per roll.
682-0020 20gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 597 x 432mm £26.15
 Gummed Linen Hinging Tape
 Insta-Mend® Mending Tissue Kit - with adhesive added This water activated tape, with 65/55 thread count fabric, provides superior strength
A fine conservation mending tissue with a wheat paste adhesive applied to both sides. This new for hinging, mounting, or repair applications. The neutral pH adhesive has high tack, lay
Insta-Mend® tissue is ideal for repairing tears in books, prints, music or wherever a strong flat properties that make it a
sheet mend is desired. It is pH neutral and water reversible. Supplied in a 12" x 18" sheet, this Product Code size wt Price favourite for hinging mats and
product is an excellent tool for the conservator or the individual collector. Complete step by step 533-1025 25mm x 9m 90gms £6.93 heavy pieces of artwork.
instructions are included with every order. Kit also includes 4 pieces of blotting paper and 3 533-1050 25mm x 46m 182gms £14.49 Price per roll.
pieces of nylon mesh. Price per kit. 533-1010 25mm x 91m 410gms £28.35
533-1520 38mm x 91m 591gms £35.28
Product Code size wt Price 533-2020 51mm x 91m 727gms £48.93
617-1216 305mm x 457mm 45g £13.50 533-3020 76mm x 91m 1.09kg £64.99

98 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Tape Mending 

 Transparent Mending Tissue


This very thin and extremely transparent pressure sensitive
archival mending tissue is non-yellowing, removable with
solvents, and has a neutral pH. To use, dispense a length of
the tissue, place over the tear, and burnish with a bone fold-
er. Working the adhesive into the tear causes the adhesive to
strengthen the tear as well as cover and support the area
around the tear.
Price per box.

Product Code size wt Price


533-0017 13mm x 15m 45gms £6.29

 PEL Paper Repair Tape


Same as the Transparent Mending Tissue above but 25mm
wide for larger repairs. It has been thoroughly tested and
approved by numerous government agencies and is a
favourite of both conservators and collectors. Easy to use, just
place over tear and burnish with bone folder.
Price per box.

Product Code Description Price


533-0198 1” x 98ft (25mm x 30m) £8.93
 Filmoplast® P in dispenser box. wt 90g
For Mending Paper. Filmoplast® P is a highly transparent 901-0198 1” x 400” (25mm x 10m) £7.25
mending tape suitable for invisible dry mending of tears in in dispenser box. wt 32g
documents, pages, maps, etc. Made of very thin, acid-free
tissue coated with a self-adhesive. Tested by the Federal
Institute for Materials Testing who reported a pH of 8.8 on
unaged tape, 8.1 on aged material.
Price per roll.

Product Code Description wt Price


620-0001 Filmoplast® P 182gms £8.95
 Hayaku® Instant Japanese Hinges White (19mm x 50m)
Hayaku® is a Japanese Mulberry Paper coated with acid-free,
water activated adhesive. This extremely strong, long fibre  Filmoplast® P-90
hinging material saves both time and money, and has passed
Self Adhesive Paper Tape. Filmoplast® P-90 is a long fibre
the Photo Activity Test. It is used for hinging works of art
paper tape which is especially useful for repairing joints of
on paper, repair of paper and structural applications in art,
book sections to be restitched, replacing torn-out pages, and
bookbinding, memorabilia and conservation. Easily reversible
mending damaged edges of documents and pages. Tested
with water. Each roll measures 1" x 100 ft. Price per roll.
by the Federal Institute for Materials Testing with a reported
• Just Moisten and Stick pH of 9.1 on unaged tape and a pH of 7.8 on aged tape.
• Gummed adhesive is removable with water Price per roll.
• Strong, tensile tested at 7kg per hinge To Use: Dispense a length appropriate for the area to be
Product Code Description wt Price mended. Place over the tear, burnish gently, working
Product Code size wt Price 620-0002 Filmoplast® P-90 182gms £8.95 the adhesive into the tear itself. For extra strength, do
533-0752 25mm x 30m 227gms £12.55 White (19mm x 50m) the same to the reverse side of the tear.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 99


 Mounting Paste & Hinging Paper

see page 62 for more


mounting corners

 Wheat Starch  Self-Adhesive, Preformed Mounting Corners


A very carefully purified, uncooked food-grade wheat starch. When cooked, it makes a superior Lineco's conservation quality Mylar® polyester,
smooth wheat paste adhesive. Note: Must be cooked. self-adhesive mounting corners provide a safe,
time saving method of securing photos, documents
Product Code description wt Price and artwork. Crystal clear, these corners provide a
615-1002 (2oz.) 57g £5.55 virtually invisible method of mounting. Two sizes are
615-1008 (8oz.) 227g £8.82 available, offering time saving convenience without
615-1000 2kg (4.4lbs) 2kg £20.65 the harmful plasticisers used in lesser quality vinyl
corners. The non-yellowing acrylic adhesive backing
 Belgian Rice Starch never comes in contact with artwork. Ideal for
Similar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch adhesive-paste after cooking. Actual mounting photos in albums.
Note: Must be cooked. Size Price per package of 240 corners.

Product Code description wt Price Product Code size wt Price


615-1502 (2oz.) 57g £5.55 533-0020 13mm (0.5”) 91gms £4.99
615-1508 (8oz.) 227g £8.82 533-0021 35mm (1.375”) 136gms £9.75
615-1500 2kg (4.4lbs) 2kg £20.60

 Mulberry: Japanese Hinging Paper


This white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and 70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes
from the mulberry plant from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is strong,
very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its conservation uses, this paper is excellent
for hinging or printmaking.
Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code size Price


682-2433 640 x 851mm (25.2” x 33.5”) £23.00

 Mulberry Rolls
Machine-made version of the most popular Oriental paper in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than
its handmade counter-part, however, it affords the conservator large format work. Sheet is 10%
Kozo, 90% sulphite pulp. There are no chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added
before drying.
Price per roll.

Product Code
682-2710
size
686mm x 9.15m (27” x 10yds)
Price
£37.75
 Mounting Corners
Self Adhesive Polypropylene corners provide extra strength and size to accommodate larger art
 Jin Shofu pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety minimises the border required to hide
the corner under the window mat. Suitable for light to heavyweight photographs and art. No
Jin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for mounting papers and boards.
adhesive comes in contact with the artwork these corners are the easiest way to mount
Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water and mix thoroughly. You may need precious art. When used correctly they provide adequate support and allow for the expansion
to experiment to obtain the correct consistency for your project. More water will make a thinner and contraction of the art within the frame. Artwork can always be removed in its original,
paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. During cooking stir constantly or use our pristine condition.
Cook ‘N’ Stir Paste Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the heat and let it
cool to room temperature before using. For fine paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see Product Code size quantity Price
page 155). Store prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the refrigerator. Any 533-0022 6.25mm (5/8”) standard 500 £5.30
mould that grows can simply be scraped off the top. 533-0034 31.75mm (1.25”) standard 250 £12.30
533-0035 31.75mm (1.25”) full view 250 £13.60
Product Code weight Price 533-0036 76.2mm (3”) standard 100 £11.80
996-8000 1kg £14.95 533-0037 76.2mm (3”) full view 100 £12.97

100 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Framing & Mounting 

 See-Thru Mounting Strips


Use these mounting strips for safe, hingeless mounting
of artwork to mats. Sturdy and safe, Lineco Mounting
Strips are made from conservation quality Mylar®
polyester and acid-free paper with a self adhesive
backing strip. Simply position the print or photograph in
place and adhere strips to the mat. No adhesive ever
comes in contact with the artwork, instead, the art is "cra-  Museum Mounting Kit
dled" by inert Mylar® and is ready to be framed. Available in our regular 4" strips and now in Everything you need to mount graphics and original art using rice starch and paper hinges.
an economical 12" bulk package. Both can be cut to just the right size for a particular job. Both This kit contains a 2-oz. jar of unmodified Rice Starch Adhesive, enough heavyweight Mulberry
lengths sold in packages of 60 strips. Paper to make approximately 150 hinges, and a 25m x 254mm roll of Pressure Sensitive Linen
Price per package. Tape for hinging mats. Complete instructions included.
Price per kit.
Product Code size wt Price
533-4015 4” (102mm) 182gms £10.40 Product Code description wt Price
533-4020 12” (305mm) 591gms £20.90 533-2000 museum mounting kit 182gms £14.50

 GlasGard® Prevents glass chipping in frames  Rabbet Tape


This soft polyethylene fits over standard 2mm and 2.5mm picture framing glass to help prevent This inert 1/32" (0.8mm) thin foam tape features a high tack acrylic adhesive for lining frame
chipping especially in metal frames. GlasGard® contains no plasticizers and is acid-free. rabbets. Protects canvas transfers, digital media and other forms of art by providing a cushion.
Supplied in 100ft (30.48m) length in a convenient dispenser box. Includes a free applicator tool Seals the glass in frames preventing insects entering the framed work (acts like draft excluder).
to make fitting safe and simple. Holds the glass firmly in a picture frame.

Product Code description wt Price Product Code Description wt Price


724-0100 30.48m length 4.5kg £13.95 018-1436 1/4” x 36 yards (6.35mm x 33m) 363g £11.00

 EconoSpace®
A simple solution for conservation framing, keeps the glass away
from the art. Works on both wood and metal frames, has
acid-free high-tack acrylic adhesive. EconoSpace® is hollow for
stiffness and lightness, does not sag in the frame, cuts clean and
easily. Available in clear with one side matte and the other side
glossy to create the right effect inside of the frame. Price per pack

Product Code Description Quantity Weight Price


724-0125 1/8” (3.17mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 20 2.7kg £31.75
724-0150 1/4” (6.35mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 12 4kg £25.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 101


 Framing Supplies

 Frame Sealing Tape


Developed specifically to seal backing board to
frames, this pressure sensitive tape attaches firmly to
almost any surface, and conforms well to most surface
irregularities. Manufactured from our exclusive Perma/Seal®
label stock with a foil layer, a non-yellowing, permanent acrylic
adhesive and coated to match our Frame Backing Paper above. Also pro-
vides an effective barrier for the rabbets of wooden frames. Available in White
and Blue/Grey. Price per roll.

Product Code colour size (W x L) wt Price


387-0151 blue/grey 32mm x 25m 182gms £8.50
387-0155 blue/grey 32mm x 152m 1kg £28.90
387-0156 blue/grey 89mm x 25m 0.55kg £17.95
387-0156F blue/grey 89mm x 152m 3.27kg £72.25
387-0152 white 32mm x 25m 182gms £8.39
387-0154 white 32mm x 152m 1.09kg £28.95

 Lineco’s Acid-Free Buffered Frame Backing Paper


With A New, Easy-to-use 90gsm. Standard Weight
Protect your framed artwork from dust with conservation quality Perma/Dur® Frame Backing
Paper. The durable paper offers acid-free, buffered, long term protection with an attractive
blue-grey finish. The paper's moderately porous surface allows the frame to breathe readily
and contains no harmful acids that commonly occur in brown kraft paper. Each roll is 92m
long on a 76mm core to fit standard roll dispensers. Choose between our heavy weight
(60lb.) or new 40 lb. standard weight that folds, cuts and handles like inferior kraft paper
backing, without the damaging acids. Price per roll.

Standard Weight (108gsm) A.


Product Code size wt Price
613-0037 914mm x 91.5m (36” x 300’) 9.09kg £56.00

B.
 One Ply Barrier Paper
Like all quality barrier material, this 100% rag paper is acid-free and buffered with approxi-
mately 3% calcium carbonate. Its attractive white vellum finish eliminates any concern over
colour transfer to objects which come in contact with it, making it ideal for separating artwork
from coloured window boards which could mar framed prints. These same qualities make it an
exceptional liner for storage cartons. Unlike thicker, stiffer barrier boards, this paper is easily
cut, folded, and manipulated without the need for scoring, but maintains good structural
 A. Polyester Transparent Tape - Double Coated
3M no.415. A double-coated acrylic adhesive on both sides this transparent tape is used by
integrity. Size 813mm x 1016mm, grain long.
the Library of Congress and many archivists. Used in encapsulation to seal polyester film
Price per package of 50 sheets. Sorry, no broken packages.
to another sheet of film,
Product Code size wt Price thereby forming an envelope
Product Code size wt/pkg Price 401-4151 6mm x 33m 45gms £8.26 around the document.
345-4030 813mm x 1016mm 10.45kg £110.97 401-4152 13mm x 33m 90gms £12.82 Price per roll.
401-4153 25mm x 33m 182gms £19.59

 B. Polyester Transparent Tape


“Serving Museums, Libraries 3M no.850. A polyester tape coated with an acrylic adhesive similar to 3M “415 tape” but
adhesive coated on one side only. Excellent for edge sealing plastic enclosures. Price per roll.
& Archives Worldwide”
Product Code size wt Price
401-8502 13mm x 66m 80gms £19.25
401-8503 25mm x 66m 90gms £32.30

102 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Cleaning Products 

A. See page  A. Bone Folder


This Bone Folder, made of real bone, is used to smooth rough edges of mat board after cutting with
155 for a mat cutter or blade. Excellent for making creases or folds on tapes and papers. Price each.
even more Product Code style size wt Price
cleaning 870-900B 1 end pointed. 1 rounded 152 x 19mm 45gms £2.65

products 870-901B
870-902B
large. 1 end pointed. 1 rounded
2 rounded
204 x 22mm
204 x 22mm
48gms
48gms
£4.25
£4.25
& erasers
 B. Rub Gum Eraser
B. This unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentle
pressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite,
etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen.

Product Code size wt Price


479-211 51 x 25 x 22mm 409gms £7.90

 C. Dusting Brush
Product Code size wt Price A durable 15" long dust brush
C. with high impact handle and soft
869-BR364 381mm 91gms £9.95
horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt
and erasure crumbs from paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each.

 D. Matting Tool Kit


Product Code wt Price This handy kit contains four choice
D. 617-0002 100g £23.45 tools - ideal for framers! Sure grip
paper positioner: a slight move-
ment is all that is needed to position artwork precisely without leaving marks. Double-headed
spatula with pointed and rounded ends - great for lifting small items, cutting hinges, sliding
under prints to separate from support, etc. Bristle brush is perfect for holding and spreading
paste, even in small areas. Arc-nose tweezers for hard-to-pick-up items. Price per kit.

 E. Groom Stick
Product Code wt Price Dry clean your documents with
638-0002 100gms £7.95 remarkable efficiency with this
natural rubber, kneadable “molecu-
lar” trap. Neutral pH Groom/Stick positively picks up and carries away a wide array of foreign
matter. Graphite, carbon, charcoal, chalk, crayon, dry powder colours, mould, dust, dirt and
F. grease are just a few of the many substances that are cleanly lifted off the surface and held
within the “molecular trap.” Unlike most erasers, Groom/Stick will not abrade, smudge, crumble,
or produce clinging debris. Also use to remove the oil from hands and fingers before tackling
sensitive jobs. Permanently tacky and completely reusable. Price each.

B.
 F. Alto’s Mat Makers’ Handbook
Product Code wt Price This handbook is designed to help
you improve your mat cutting and
E. 537-HB 136gms £9.98
mounting skills. Although the meth-
ods and techniques emphasise the use of Alto’s Mat Maker, over half the information is of a
A. general nature, applicable to other mat-cutting devices as well. If you follow these instructions and
suggestions, you will learn how surprisingly easy it is to cut beautiful mats of many types. Price each.

 A. Cotton Swabs  PEL Document Cleaning Powder & Pads


These swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped
Pel’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty,
100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal for
or mouldy paper items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that
cleaning delicate items, absorbing & applying various solutions.
absorbs and cleans surface dirt from paper. Price each.
 B. Foam Covered Cotton Swabs Product Code Description wt Price
Foam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long 782-1004 one cleaning pad 90g £2.40
handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes a 782-1000 2lb can of powder 2.0lbs (0.91kg) £9.95
problem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton bud
and makes a high absorbing swab. To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of
white cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned.
Product Code qty Price This action causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning
A. 870-7005 pack of 200 £7.95 powder. Once the area is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean,
B. 870-7006 pack of 50 £17.95 renewed appearance.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 103


 Guillotines Trimming & Scoring

Product Code Trimmer Stand Price


486-MS30 For Trimmer 486-30M £162.50
486-MS36 For Trimmer 486-36M £162.50
486-MS42 For Trimmer 486-42M £162.50
486-MS54 For Trimmer 486-54M £187.90

 Professional Trimmer
This Professional range of 8 superbly engineered machines is the one by which all others are judged! Over 250,000 are in use
worldwide; in schools, offices, studios and darkrooms,where their robust construction is rigorously tested, day-in, day-out.
With cut lengths from 12” (305mm) to 54” (1374mm), each model features the unique chromed steel twin guide rails, silent glide
action, and all metal cutting head and end frames. The smooth running Professional cutters are designed to withstand high
volume applications, and will handle virtually all flexible materials up to 3mm thickness. Fully guaranteed for 5 years. Each
professional is screen-printed with very useful 10mm grid ‘A’ size indicators and two additional metric/imperial scale bars.

Product Code model cut length overall length cut capacity wt Price
486-12M M12 305mm / 12” 471mm 3mm 4.9kg £130.00
486-15M M15 382mm / 15” 547mm 3mm 5.3kg £145.00
486-17M M17 445mm / 17.5” 610mm 3mm 6.0kg £165.00
486-24M M24 610mm / 24” 778mm 3mm 7.1kg £200.00
486-30M M30 763mm / 30” 928mm 3mm 8.5kg £245.00
486-36M M36 914mm / 36” 1080mm 2mm 8.9kg £280.00
486-42M M42 1068mm / 42” 1234mm 1.5mm 10.5kg £330.00 Product Code Roll Dispenser Price
486-54M M54 1374mm / 54” 1539mm 1.5mm 12.0kg £390.00 486-RD30 For Model 486-30M £132.00
Each model 382mm width x 95mm height 486-RD36 For Model 486-36M £132.00

 Board and Paper Chopper


Free Standing. Cuts paper, mountboard, polyester film,
reemay, tissue, metal foils and other materials. We know
from experience in our own workshop, that this guillotine
will cut very accurately all types of materials used in
conservation and give troublefree service. A fold-away
extension table and foot operated clamp are standard as
well as a side lay with cm/inch scale, back gauge and
front gauge with narrow-strip-cutting device (for cutting
down to 1mm strips).

Product Code: 487-1080 £1400.00


cutting length 800mm
cutting capacity to 4mm thick
table size 800mm x 605mm
dimensions 1215mmH x 670mmW x 1070mmD
Product Code: 487-1110 £2015.00 Product Code Waste Catcher Price
cutting length 1110mm 486-MC30 For Model 486-30M £95.00
cutting capacity up to 20 sheets A4 70g/m2 486-MC36 For Model 486-36M £100.00
table size 1110mm x 760mm 486-MC42 For Model 486-42M £105.00
dimensions 1360mmH x 830m W x 1390mmD 486-MC54 For Model 486-54M £110.00

104 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


B.
Mat Cutters 

A.

 A. Dexter Mat Cutter


Sturdy and durable, the Dexter Mat Cutter is chrome-plated to
prevent marring or soiling of surface board when cutting. A
metal knob controls blade adjustment enabling you to cut a
bevel at the desired angle. Designed to conform to the hand,
it is an ideal instrument for cutting and scoring mats, card-
board, illustration board, or cutting thin sheets of plastic. Five
No. 3 high-grade cutlery steel blades are included.
Replacement blades are available. Designed for right handed
use. Price each.

Product Code Description Price


471-5415 mat cutter £28.56
471-5417 No.3 blade (5 per box) £2.75
471-5416 No.3 blade (100 per box) £46.70
 Ultimat Gold Mat Cutter The ideal choice for the conservator looking for a dependable
high quality matcutter, for mounting exhibitions and picture
 B. Logan 32” Compact Mat Cutter Product Code: Ultimat Gold Price framing. The matguide allows precise parallel cutting small or
Designed to meet the needs of those who want the simplicity 486-0011 1010mm (40”) £849.75 large. Start-of-Cut limit stop enables mats to be cut with
and precision not possible withhand mat cutters, but do not 486-0012 1200mm (48”) £890.95 no over or under cuts, makes a perfect professional matboard
have the volume to warrant the expensive high-production 486-0013 1570mm (62”) £937.30 every time. The Ultimat Gold is easy to use even with limited
models. This Compact Mat Cutter features a guided cutting experience and it meets the exacting requirements of the
head with a fixed 45° bevel running on a grooved rail. Product Code: description Price most skilled and creative framer. Provides accurate positioning
Removable mat guide remains parallel to rail guide and is 486-0017 spare bevelcut blades £17.25 for a matboard to be marked or cut on an angle. The various
adjustable for border widths from 7/8" to 5". Measurements pack 100 blades angle settings will provide all the creative scope a framer will
can be made down to 1/32". Start and stop guidelines prevent 486-0016 spare vertical cut blades £19.05 need with no fiddly adjustments. New on the Ultimat Gold is
overcuts. Uses inexpensive backless razor blades, available pack 100 blades the unique micro stop adjuster for perfect corners.
below. Price each.

Product Code Description Price


543-301 32” compact matcutter £143.50
543-270 blades, pack of 100 £23.75

 Oval & Circle Mat Cutter


Cut bevelled
Product Code
543-201
wt
0.9kg
Price
£112.22
ovals from 3" x  Oval/Circle Mat Cutter
4-1/2" to 20" x This mat cutter is easy to adjust and light to operate, cutting
Product Code: 486-0010 £835.35
23" and circles from 4" to 20" quickly and easily. The 3-step ovals and circles from 0.8" to 25" (20mm up to 635mm) with
Product Code: 486-0009 £84.50
system features an exclusive mechanism for gradual entry of or without a bevel, fast and clean every time. Conservators will
5 Piece Craftsman Tool Set
the blade into the mat to insure clean, consistent bevels. This find the coin size apertures useful. A single locking lever moves
unique mat cutter features an easy measuring system with to select from 0.00" to make a circle progressively up to 8" (200mm) length - width differential to make an oval. Available
both inch and metric scales, adjustable blade depth, extra accessory is the craftsman tool kit which comprises pen holder, tungsten carbide glass cutter, 2x embossing rollers and V-groove
blades, and fully illustrated instructions. Price each. cutting tool. A very versatile machine for the creative framer. Bevel and vertical cutting 650 x 450mm (25" x 17").

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 105


 Conservation Accessories

 Brass Paper Clips


Made for PEL, these solid brass paper clips are an economical alternative to our top quality stain-
less steel paper clips. Will not rust and are safe to use on rare papers. Price per 1000

Product Code size wt Price


497-2020 33mm 306gms £14.50

 Stainless Steel Paper Clips


Standard size Stainless Steel Paper Clips will not rust or stain materials. Wire is smooth and will not abrade fragile surfaces.
Approximately 700 jar.

Product Code size wt Price


497-3000 1.25” (33mm) 850g £14.50

 Monel Staples
Standard chisel point staples of 100% rust-proof Monel metal. Precision made, they penetrate without buckling. Fit all standard
staplers. Price per box of 5000.

Product Code wt Price


419-004M 227gms £36.52

 Plastiklips
Attractive plastic paper clips for identification, inventory control, record keeping, routing and many other uses. These clips will not
mar, rust or tear papers. Attractive colours for colour coding. Three sizes to cover a range of uses. Price per box.
Mixed colours include: White, Red, Blue, Green, and Yellow.

Product Code size qty/box wt Price


463-1030 medium. 25mm 500 100gms £4.95
463-1060 large. 35mm 200 100gms £4.95
463-1070 king. 60mm 75 100gms £5.50

 Pink Cotton Tying Tape


Pink Tying Tape also known as legal tape. "Red Tape" - Charles Dickens is believed to be the first person to have used this phrase.
(In fact the colour is pink). Generally pink tape is used to tie up bundles of official papers. The tying tape is 100% cotton, the pink
colour does not bleed.

Product Code Description Price


586-1472 Pink Tying Tape 10mm x 100m £7.56 per roll

 Polyethylene Zipper Bags (not shown)


Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices giving excellent value.
25 units These simple efficient bags are completely inert and transparent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries
per pack including storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects. Bags are
water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses.
Price per package of 500 & 250 bags. Discounts available on large quantities.

Product Code size qty Price


500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60
500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40
 Binding Screws 500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85
Bookbinders brass screws single 5.5mm diameter 6mm holes 500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00
with fixed head and screw top. For bound books and binders. 500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70
Price 25 pack 500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25
500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70
Product Code Description Price 500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30
463-0020 20mm Length binding screws £7.70 500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70
463-0035 40mm Length binding screws £9.20 500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60
463-0050 50mm Length binding screws £11.55 500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

106 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Accessories Conservation 

 Unbleached Cotton Tying Tape


This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books and
 Rare Book Identa-strips periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they
University Products’ acid-free and lignin-free Identa-Strips provide easy identification of shelved wait for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Spool of 100m and 915m .
rare books. A die-cut tab prevents slippage into the book when vertically shelved. These acid- Price per spool.
free Identa-Strips won’t discolour pages of books into which they are inserted. Tab is located 6
typewriter spaces (1") from top. Price per package of 100. Product Code width Price
586-1516 5/16” (8mm x 915m) £39.95
Product Code size wt Price 586-1716 7/16” (11mm x 915m) £52.40
342-2630 2.25”W x 5”L w/tab (57mm x 127mm) 182gms £9.67 586-1058 5/8” (16mm x 915m) £69.95
342-2140 2.25”W x 10”L w/tab (57mm x 254mm) 410gms £11.91 586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32
342-2410 2.25”W x 10”L w/o tab (57mm x 254mm) 364gms £10.58 586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99
note: We recommend the non-tabbed Identa-Strip for those books with very brittle pages. 586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40

 Museum Gel
 Museum Wax  Cellugel Clear museum gel is used as a removable adhesive under
Previously known as 'Be still my art'. Protect your valuable glassware china and crystal, originally used 11 years ago
The effective consolident for deteriorating powdery leather
collections from bumps, quakes, jolts. A special blend of by major museums in the earthquake region of California. Since
was developed by professional book conservators. Cellugel is
microcrystalline waxes makes museum Wax safe for use on then, the practice of securing works of art and collections
essentially a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and isopropanol.
crystal, porcelain, marble glass, ceramic and wood finishes. has become popular among both professionals and private
Cellulose ethers have been used by book and paper
Perfect for mounting breakable objects to shelves, stands and collectors. Museum gel will stay soft and flexible, we
conservators for years for the purpose of sizing paper and
display cases. Performs well as a temporary "glue" to hold recommend testing the product adhesion periodically and
consolidating deteriorated leather. When applied to powdery
items in place whilst being cleaned, repaired or photographed. cleaning the area to ensure proper adhesion.
leather (leather with red-rot), Cellugel is absorbed throughout
To use, attach a pea size bead to the contact base of your the entire thickness of the leather and dries within minutes. Used in museum display cases for fragile works of art, is non-
object, then with a slightly twisting motion, press your piece into After it is dry, the dust no longer comes off the leather. toxic, removable and reusable. Perfect for underneath clarity of
place. To remove simply twist and lift. Scrape up the excess wax Cellugel does not darken, discolour nor leave a film on the glass and clear crystal objects on glass shelves. Also available
for reuse and wipe away any residue with a soft cloth. surface of the leather. Museum Wax which is a suitable alternative to Museum Gel.

Product Code description wt Price Product Code wt Price Product Code description wt Price
615-8000 Museum Wax 13oz £8.75 993-0116 460gms £24.85 085-3311 Museum Gel 4oz £7.45

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 107


 Framing Tools

C.
 A. See-Thru, Metal Edge Ruler
This extra-long ruler comes highly recommended by conservators. The heavy gauge, clear
acrylic construction features internal markings that are very useful. One edge is bevelled, the
other features a steel edge which keeps the acrylic from being nicked by sharp rotary
A. cutters or scalpel blades when cutting against it, keeping the ruler itself accurate. The ruler is
B. 500mm long, graduated in sixteenths of an inch with a 0 centreing scale. Calibrations
and grids are visible on both light and dark surfaces. Price each.

Product Code wt Price


869-1800 91gms £8.50

 B. Stainless Steel Corkbacked Rulers


An exceptional tool for drawing, cutting or scoring, these steel rulers feature a cork backing that
D. helps prevent slipping. One side is graduated in inches (16ths), the other in millimeters.
Available in three sizes, each ruler is 1-1/4" wide and made from .020" steel and .052 cork
backing. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


682-20012 12” (305mm) 60gms £8.85
682-20018 18” (455mm) 91gms £11.65
682-20024 24” (610mm) 91gms £14.00
682-20036 36” (910mm) 136gms £21.69

 C. Graduated 5’ Aluminium Straightedge


With its hardened aluminum construction and stain resistant matte finish, this straightedge
provides a practical design that features black graduations in 16ths and 8ths of an inch on
E. opposite edges. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


682-100560 60” 136gms £34.98
note: not available in metric size.

 E. Straight Edges  D. Print Mounting Positioner


These straight edges are for heavy duty cutting as with a Stanley Knife, micron anodised Save time and avoid frustration with this Print Mounting Positioner. Position any size print on a
aluminium with rubber anti-slip back, graduated in cm and mm. mount board in seconds. No difficult measuring, complicated calculations, or unsightly pencil
and erasure marks. Guessing the correct proportion between top and bottom borders is a thing
Product Code length Price of the past. Includes protective plastic cover.
869-653M/50 50cm £20.40 Price each.
869-653M/80 80cm £33.35
869-653M/100 100cm £41.60 Product Code wt Price
869-653M/125 125cm £52.80 605-2000 227gms £28.78

The device works on the


Archimedean screw principle

 Thickness Gauges  Japanese Push Drill Set


This push drill set is so handy, simply exert pressure on the tool and the chuck spins. Excellent
An essential instrument for measuring the thickness of paper board, film, fabrics and other materials.
for cutting clean holes in a variety of materials such as paper mount board, leathers etc. Made
from wood and brass, a quality japanese tool. The chuck holds 9 hollow point drills in 1, 1.5,
Product Code description Price 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm sizes. Replacement drill bits are available.
A. 985-1319 Digital thickness Gauge with zero setting. £328.90
Inches to mm conversion range 12mm/0.5” Product Code Description Price
resolution 0.01mm/0.0005” accuracy 0.02mm 617-7000 Drill Set plus 9 bits £49.45
B. 985-1308 Dial pocket micrometer 19mm (0.75”) £169.95 617-7002 Set of 9 replacement drill bits £29.50
throat capacity 0-10mm reading 0.01mm 617-7001 Push Drill with 3mm Bit £19.95

108 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Rare Book Storage 

 Phase Box Riveter


One of the best ways to protect old
or rare books from damage caused
by temperature and humidity changes,
pollutants, light and the physical stresses of
shelving is to create a phase box
tailored to each book. Use this riveter with
the rivets, washers and cord to create the
box closures -no need to struggle with ham-
mers or other clumsy methods of crimping
the rivets. Riveting machine has a 76mm
throat, cast-iron and steel construction,
user-friendly cushioned handle, and can be
mounted on workbench. Extra thick washers measure
19mm diameter x 0.3mm thick; rivet base measures 11mm;
rivet top measures 8mm diameter. Linen thread (12-3) for tying comes on 1/2 pound spools.  MEASUREpHASE™ Book Measuring Device
This simple tool allows you to quickly and efficiently determine the dimensions of books in order
Product Code description wt Price to produce the most accurate phase boxes possible. Measure the length, width and thickness
112-370 riveter 182g £376.65 of the book in just seconds with the movable gauge. Because accurate measurements are fun-
297-0001 die 45g £55.00 damental to a properly constructed phase box, you can be assured your volumes are safe and
297-0002 punch 45g £112.17 secure. Comes in both inches and metric measurements.
297-3048 rivet tops/pk of 100 91g £17.67
297-3036 rivet bases/pk of 100 91g £17.67 Product Code size wt Price
106-0001 washers/pk of 100 45g £14.29 002-2000 610 x 305 x 160mm 1.64kg £107.00

step 1 Product Code size Price


Determine book size and select 722-6014 6” x 14” (152 x 356mm) £6.00
the 2 Closest box half sizes.
eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"D 722-6022 6” x 22” (152 x 356mm) £6.40
One-half size piece 6" x 22" 722-7016 7” x 16” (178 x 406mm) £5.80
One-half size piece 7" x 16"
722-7024 7” x 24” (178 x 610mm) £7.25
note: allow at least 2" for overlap.
722-8018 8” x 18” (203 x 457mm) £6.95
step 2 722-8026 8” x 26” (203 x 660mm) £8.15
Encase book side to side first. 722-9020 9” x 20” (229 x 508mm) £8.75
Fold along scored lines for snug fit.
Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.
722-9028 9” x 28” (229 x 711mm) £8.40
722-1022 10” x 22” (254 x 559mm) £9.70
step 3 722-1030 10” x 30” (254 x 762mm) £10.00
Encase book top to bottom.
722-1124 11” x 24” (279 x 610mm) £8.80
Again fold along appropriate
score line. Attach Velcoin to 722-1132 11” x 32” (279 x 813mm) £12.50
complete the enclosure. 722-1226 12” x 26” (305 x 660mm) £12.45
722-1234 12” x 34” (305 x 864mm) £11.85
722-1430 14” x 30” (356 x 762mm) £14.15
722-1436 15” x 36” (356 x 915mm) £15.40
 Adjustable Book Storage Boxes
Create your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 20-point boards. These
soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every 0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure
is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional supply, see below). See How-To on this
page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.

 E-Flute Corrugated Rare Book Storage


Quick and easy, the E-flute corrugated is strong and offers maximum support for fragile books
or books in parts. Simply measure the height and width then mark the board and score with
a ruler and bone folder. Each package contains 5 pairs of mated Velcro self-adhesive buttons.
You will need to purchase 2 packs or guillotine down to size. For example a book 8" wide by
10" high would require a pack of 612-0827 and 612-1031.

Product Code description wt Price


612-0623 6" x 23" (152 x 584mm) 272g £9.25
612-0725 7" x 25" (178 x 635mm) 363g £11.65
612-0827 8" x 27" (203 x 685mm) 408g £11.30
612-0931 9" x 31" (228 x 787mm) 590g £13.00
612-1031 10" x 31" (254 x 787mm) 725g £13.50
612-1232 12" x 32" (305 x 812mm) 816g £15.00
612-1432 14" x 32" (355 x 812mm) 862g £18.25

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 109


 Binder Tapes

A.

C.
B.

 A. Hinged Cambric Cloth Tape  Book Spine Repair Tape


Use this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge music scores, reinforce pamphlets, This black spine repair tape is a self-adhesive, 2" wide tape for attaching torn book covers. We
etc. Acid-free white cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is scored down would not recommend you use this tape on rare valuable books however, it does make a quick
the centre to make hinging a snap. repair for books that are in constant use.
Roll is 1"x 25 ft. Price per roll.
Product Code size Price
Product Code size wt Price 550-1505 2” x 15yds (50mm x 13.7m) £8.70
533-0125P 25mm x 7.6m 45gms £15.80

 Gudy 870
 B. Tyvek® Tape A pH neutral transfer adhesive that can be applied to any smooth surface rendering it self-
This pressure sensitive white polyethylene Tyvek® tape displays incredible tenacity, even adhesive. Super-thin based on polyacrylate, solvent-free, age-resistant and permanently
under the most rigorous of circumstances. Uses include hinging mats, binding folder spines, elastic not drying out or becoming greasy.
performing book repairs to battered books, as well as a variety of other uses. The pressure Apply by burnishing with bone folder then simply remove the silicone release liner to expose
sensitive acrylic adhesive eliminates the sticky mess associated with moistenable adhesive the adhesive.
backed Tyvek® tapes around valuable art work.
Price per roll. Product Code size Price
620-26694 19mm x 30m £3.95
Product Code size wt Price
804-0150 1” x 50yds (25mm x 46m) 500gms £10.95
804-1550 1.5” x 50yds (38mm x 46m) 682gms £12.70
804-2250 2.25” x 50yds (57mm x 46m) 910gms £20.55

 C. Book Cotton Tape


This fine-stitched, white cotton textile tape is tear-resistant, acid-free and is designed for
strengthening the joint between the inner book and the cover. Self-adhesive, biodegradable
and coated on one side with solvent-free, age-resistant acrylic adhesive.

Product Code size Price


620-26324 30mm x 25m £9.20

 Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape (right)


Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up bundles of documents and
folders to bookbinding. This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books
and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they wait
for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Available in 3 widths in 100m rolls & 1000m rolls

Product Code size Price roll size Price


586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32 586-1006 6mm x 1000m £49.20
586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99 586-1010 10mm x 1000m £53.85
586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40 586-1016 16mm x 1000m £69.45

110 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Materials Conservation 
 A. Cotton Book Tape  D. Hinged Cambric Cloth Tape
This sturdy web cotton twill tape is used for sewing signatures Use this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge
together on the sewing frame; also useful for tying. Easier to music scores, reinforce pamphlets, etc. Acid-free white
use than the stiffer linen tapes. cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is
Price each. scored down the centre to make hinging a snap. Roll is 1" x 25'.
Price per roll.
Product Code Description Width Price
870-6562 13mm x 50m 1/2” £5.45 Product Code wt Price
870-5872 16mm x 50m 5/8” £6.50 533-0125P 50gms £15.80

 B. Super
An open weave cotton cloth for good adhesive penetration.
Its purpose is to unite signatures while leaving the backbone
of the book flexible. 1 yard square.
Price per yard.

Product Code wt Price


870-102YDB 45gms £9.66  Tag Ties
These acid-free soft drape able tag ties have been heat
 C. Binder’s Thread sealed at both ends to prevent fraying. Made to a suitable
A natural colour 225gsm cotton binding thread specifically 300mm length from polypropylene cord, making them ideal
made for heavy duty book repairs. Available in 1500 yard for most labels and tags that already have eyelets. The soft
cord ties very easily and securely.
spools. Price each.
Price per pack of 500.
Product Code size wt Price
402-GT104 1372m 545g £37.95 Product Code size Price
613-7000 500 x 300mm lengths £10.80

 Polypropylene Braided Cord


This very strong acid-free white cord is soft and drapeable
and ties readily, making it suitable for identification labels,
tags, binding and bundling. Supplied on a plastic reel 4”
(102mm) wide, diameter 8” (203mm)

Product Code size wt Price


463-1003 2mm x 500m 7kg £44.95

C.

 Tyvek Tying Tape Labels


B. These Tyvek labels have two slots to thread through
unbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cata-
loguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles of
A. papers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will be
found for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors as
they withstand water and are very strong and will not split.
Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens
(see page 36) for acid-free permanent lettering.
Price per 1000 labels.

Product Code Size Price


613-7500 100mm x 70m £62.75

For online buying


D. visit our website at:
www.preservationequipment.com

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 111


 Stacking & Drying Racks

 Stacking Trays  Mobile Drying Rack


Economical giant stacking trays provide an efficient, economical, and attractive flat filing system at a fraction of the cost of other This unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so that
systems. Ideal for drawings, artwork, charts, maps, mat board, blueprints, etc. These modular trays interlock when stacked
it can be wheeled into special drying rooms. The size is ideal
to form a solid bank of flat storage and allow you to customize your storage needs. Each tray can be stacked with the opening
for drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. The support
positioned on either the same or opposite side as the one below it, and features a smooth surface and rounded corners to
material allows good air circulation. The trays are fitted with
protect you, your clothing, and your work. Trays are available in two sizes and are constructed of heavy duty, steel reinforced,
Saatifil non-woven polyester to give full support to delicate
high density weight polyethylene for rigid support and strength. They can be stacked up to 5 feet high and provide a 80kg
per tray load capacity. An optional wood-core vinyl laminate top with a light oak finish is also available for the top tray. Trays are papers where the flymesh may leave a grid pattern. The trolley
available in white only and sold 2 per carton, tops sold 1 per carton. No assembly required. frame has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays, and
has lockable wheels. The distance between each tray is
Price per carton.
50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray. Comes
ready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coated
Product Code inside size (H x W x D) outside size (H x W x D) wt Price
steel, and the trays are made from aluminium.
stacking trays - 2/ctn
532-4897 51 x 925 x 622mm 76 x 991 x 660mm 9.55kg £168.50 Product Code Description Price
532-4899 51 x 1080 x 826mm 76 x 1150 x 864mm 14.09kg £198.50 805-7001 20 Trays & Trolley £1799.00
optional tops - 1/ctn Dimensions Trolley: 1020 x 720 x 1525mm H
532-4896 top for 532-4897 19 x 991 x 660mm 10.45kg £128.93 Tray Overall Size: 1000 x 700mm
532-4898 top for 532-4899 19 x 1150 x 864mm 16.39kg £141.85 Drying Area: 970 x 670mm

 Bookkeeper Deacidification Spray


Bookkeeper is a deacidification process that safely neutralizes acids and extends the lifespan
of paper at least 3 to 5 times longer than untreated material. The spray products and spray
solution both feature the same patended technology as bookkeeper’s highly regarded mass
deacidification process.
The spray protects safely treated single sheets including manuscripts, documents, clippings,
maps, posters and other paper based materials stored in libraries and archival collections.
Independent tests conducted by leading research laboratories have verified the safety and
effectiveness of the Bookkeepers process. Tests show that the buffering agent is evenly distrib-
uted throughout a sheet of paper with no affect on the integrity of inks and does not damage
adhesive or binding fabrics.
All Bookkeeper products are non-toxic, non-hazardous, contains no CFC’s and no solvents. The
products are non-clogging, virtually odour-free and dry in minutes. Please note 214-2138 is
only supplied as a “refill” for 214-2108 pump spray bottle. The solution is for spray systems.

Product Code Description Price


214-2108 8oz pump spray bottle (150 gram) £29.95
214-2138 32oz refill (900 gram) £89.95

112 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Conservation Tools 

E.
F.
B. C.
A.
 E. Heavy Duty Spatula
Our heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an
indispensable tool in book repair and conservation work.
You’ll find a number of uses for this 7.75" tool including
paste or adhesive application, corner lifting or burnishing
 A. Staple Extractor (when applying repair tissues or tape). One end is smoothly
tapered while the other is a 10mm flat spade tip. A handy tool
A specialized conservation tool used for extracting wire you won’t want to be without.
staples from paper, pamphlets, or magazines preparatory to
sewing. Tapered blade and dull edge will not mar the paper Product Code length wt Price
as will other types of staple pullers. Smooth wooden handle. 936-0028 197mm 50g £3.50
Price each.

Product Code wt Price  F. Small Spatula


402-1245 90g £16.80 The ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste to small
areas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one end tapered, one
rounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length 8".
 B. Heavy Duty 8” Shears Price each.
For heavy duty cutting. Will cut mat board, heavy-duty card-
board, canvas and other materials that regular scissors will Product Code length wt Price
not cut. Self-sharpening blades made from highest quality 617-003 203mm 45g £3.10
Solingen Steel. Moulded plastic handles give a comfortable
grip to both right and left handed people. Adjustable tension.
Price each.
 Scalpel Blades
Made of Surgical Steel. For all cutting and trimming work! Product Code size wt Price
Finest quality, micro-sharp carbon steel surgical blades; heat 486-50038 203mm 136g £31.95
treated to assure just the right rigidity and flexibility. Every
blade expertly tempered and ground to acute bevel for
precise sharpness and high resistance to wear. Fit all  C. Bookbinders’ Shears by Wiss  Spatula Minarette
standard handles, including those sold below. Please indicate The bent handle of these shears permits the blades to Extra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paper
blades, ie number 10 would be: 896-0010. operate parallel to the cutting surface, providing better conservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and
Price per package of 10 blades or box 100 blades. control and visibility. Perfect for bookbinding and repair, as flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes of
well as for general use. Made of the finest steel by Wiss, paint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidate
Product Code Price known for their quality. Shears 8" long overall. pigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amounts
896-00 … Please fill in blade number £1.00 Price each. of paint for in painting. Price each.
10 blades
896-00 …/100 Please fill in blade number £8.95 Product Code size wt Price Product Code Price
Box 100 873-28 203mm 136g £49.95 092-2221 £4.50

 Scalpel Handles
Highest quality nickel steel handles; correctly weighted and
properly balanced to fit all standard blades. 896-SF23
Price each.

Product Code handle fits blades Price  Fine Scalpel Blades


896-03 No. 3 6, 9, 10, 10A, £2.42 The precision made stainless steel blades offer a wide range of cutting edge options 896-SM61
11, 12, 15, 16 including the single bevel blade that is proving popular with conservators. The handle
896-04 No. 4 20, 21, 22, £2.42 has independently screwed top sections to facilitate blade changing which is a safety
feature for fitting or removing blades, preventing the need to hold the blade. Blades are
23, 25, 26 896-SM62
sterile stainless steel supplied individually foil-wrapped in boxes of 25.
896-2800 Retractaway 10, 10A, 11, 15 £3.40
Product Code type Price
 Retractaway Handle 896-SF23 handle £15.95 each
896-SM65
This handle allows the blades to be retracted and can be 896-SM61 blades £21.95 pk 25
locked, closed or open. Ideal when placed in a toolbox and for 896-SM62 blades £21.95 pk 25
on site conservation work. Please note can only be used with 896-SM65 blades £21.95 pk 25
10, 10A, 11 and 15 scalpel blades. 896-SM68 blades £21.95 pk 25
896-SM68

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 113


 Cutting Accessories

 Conservation Work Trays


Quality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or
de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy
pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each.

Product Code approx. overall size top ext. size wt Price


618-1418 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” deep 454 x 372 x 89mm 0.60kg £11.50
618-2024 20” x 24” x 3” deep 610 x 508 x 89mm 1.14kg £23.20
618-2428 24” x 28” x 3” deep 712 x 610 x 89mm 1.55kg £37.95
618-2833 28” x 33” x 4” deep 826 x 705 x 108mm 2.23kg £55.95
618-3240 47” x 37” x 4” deep 1200 x 946 x 108mm 3.00kg £89.70

 Cornerounder®
Desk top Cornerounder® handles up to 1/2" of stock per cut.
Exclusive twin-knife shearing for clean, precise cornering on
polyester film, encapsulation units, paper, cardstock, plastics,
boards, etc. Self-sharpening cutting units, easily changed
without special tools, come with your choice of either 1/4" or
1/2" cutting unit. Table leaf extends to accommodate A4 297
x 210mm or larger sheets. Price each.

Product Code size Price  Storage/Tote Basket


421-2014 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) £252.37 These heavy duty, tough polypropylene Storage/Tote Baskets are strong enough to stand on! Store or move books, articles, files,
421-2012 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) £252.37 etc. safely and conveniently with these large capacity baskets. Unit is an attractive grey colour. Baskets “nest”
for safe stacking and come with frames for hanging files. 10-3/4"H x 20-3/4"L x 13-1/4"W.
Additional Cutting Units Price each. Unit folds flat to store when not in use.
Product Code size Price
421-20A 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) £133.95 Product Code Size wt Price
421-20B 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) £133.95 444-40006 273 x 527 x 337mm 2.1kg £19.00

114 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Conservation Sprayers 

 Dia Plastic Sprayer


This 1 litre sprayer produces a consistent fine mist. The
nozzle is adjustable from narrow to wide spray mist for
large area applications. The translucent body allows you
to view the water level.

Product Code capacity wt Price


996-7601 1 litre 510g £69.95

 PEL Sprayer
Designed for heavy-duty, long-term industrial liquid
applications. The PEL-Sprayer features a clog-proof
nozzle capable of delivering an infinitely variable and
consistent spray pattern ranging from a fine mist to a
powerful jet stream.
Recommended Uses: Water. Deacidification Solutions.
Liquid Waxes. Detergents. Starches. Ceramic Cleaners.
Leather Polishes and many other conservation uses.
Clog-proof nozzle: Precision .030mm opening, prevents
dust from entering. Fine nylon filter on dip tube keeps
nozzle clog free.
Adjustable spray pattern: At just the twist of a wrist,
from a fine atomized mist to a powerful jet stream.
Straight-line pump action: Ensures more forceful,
immediate action. Spray nozzle, priming valve, high
pressure plunger, and suction mechanism are in-line for
reliable consistent operation.
Patented easy-pull pump action: Has less pull tension
to combat user fatigue.
Non-vacuum valve: Delivers sufficient liquid regardless
 AirSpray™ Spray Bottle of the amount left in bottle.
This reusable bottle can be filled and pressurized manually The most chemical resistent sprayer on the market: All
to dispense a number of liquids. The patented Airspray™  Kuramata (Daliha Sprayer) parts are made of polypropylene or polyethylene with no
System uses air pressure to propel the contents from the This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mist rubber “O” rings or gaskets to dry out or deteriorate.
container. Once pressurized by the user, the container can from a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome plated Rust-proof springs and check valve are made of the
dispense up to 100 ml without further pumping. The bottle is solid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill the finest quality stainless steel.
translucent to provide a visible volume check. Bottle is sprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with the
Exclusive pressure release device: Prevents bottle
polypropylene with a polyethylene cap and rubber gasket, hand pump. The simple but effective technology produces a collapse no matter how hard you spray. Positive venting
so there is nothing to corrode. Components provide fine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised, system prevents product container wall collapse.
good chemical resistance. Use to apply a fine mist of the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push of
water, cleaning solution, even thin methylcellulose sizing. a lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without the 28mm Standard Screw Cap: Fits any container, glass,
Note: Not intended for use with solvents. We’re sure you’ll indispensible conservation tool. metal or plastic with a 28mm threaded neck.
find hundreds of uses. Price each. Spray Container: Palm size handle grip and liquid mea-
Price each. surement scale.
Product Code wt capacity Price
Product Code size wt Price 996-7000 427g 400cc £122.00 Product Code: 968-6000 £1.99
968-2430 180ml capacity 60g £11.50 996-7100 800g 1000cc £174.00 PEL Sprayer

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 115


 Conservation Supplies

 PEL Conservators Sponge™ (left)


The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It then
becomes hard and can be cut to the desired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse
in water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to use again. During our
research with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many com-
mented that the sample was such a handy size we have included it in the range.

Product Code Description Dimensions Price


961-2000 Conservators Sponge (2 Pk) 73 x 48 x 30mm £2.95
961-2002 Conservators Sponge (Each) 96 x 74 x 30mm £2.95

 A. Polyethylene Foam Rod


Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 30mm and
C. 20mm diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including
the formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and
exhibit cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for
certain size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot
glue or heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape
and form. Offered in 30 metre lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod.
Price each.

Product Code size wt Price


956-075 20mm x 30m 910g £13.95

B.  B. Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)


Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textiles with Blue Scales Fading Cards.
Each card features pieces of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastness
which are used as light fastness standards. They allow you to monitor the net exposure to light
given to objects on display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of illumination.
Price each.

Product Code wt Price


986-1000 40g £14.95
A.

 C. Orvus WA Paste
This exceptionally gentle detergent is recommended for cleaning many fine textiles (except
silk). Orvus WA Paste is a synthetic anionic detergent with a neutral pH which will remove most
common dirt and stains. Readily soluble in both hot and cold water, this product can be used
as a wetting, emulsifying, dispersing and sudsing agent.

Product Code wt Price


963-1000 454g £10.90

 D. Solvent Dispenser
Stop worrying about spills, fumes or contamination when using this fast and economical
D. solvent dispenser. By simply applying light pressure of a brush on the dispensing dish, the high
quality stainless steel pump releases just the right amount of solvent. The moulded polyethylene
bottle is shatterproof. Please note, this unit is not recommended for viscous or bodied solvents.

Product Code size Price


984-0612 120ml £10.60
984-0150 180ml £10.97
984-0200 240ml £11.35

 Labelling Tape For Textiles


Record the catalogue numbers of your textile collection with permanent, washable ink on this white woven 100% cotton
twill tape and then stitch inside your artifact. Tape accepts ink well and is perfect for use with our Pigma Pens.
Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price


586-0172 1”W x 72yds (25mm x 66m) 364g £16.25

116 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Conservation Materials 

 F. Tyvek® 1422A Rolls - “Now available in 3m wide rolls”


Tyvek® 1422A is a spunbonded olefin material that is inert, gas-permeable, non abrasive, and
water and dust proof, making it ideal for a variety of artifact storage and protective situations.
It is flexible, strong, soft, and smooth, and not susceptible to age degradation. The glossy
side features a strong anti-static coating that repels dust and dirt, while the dull side tends to
hold dust and dirt that transfers from dusty artifacts. Distilled water can remove Tyvek®’s
antistatic agent. Tyvek® 1422A can be used as a protective cover for furniture, costumes, G.
and artifacts, and has been used for mothball envelopes, shelf liners, padded hangers for
costumes, and textile supports.

Product Code size wt Price


212-1422 1524mm x 25m (43gsm) 2kg £49.50
212-1422100 1524mm x 100m (43gsm) 7kg £183.40
212-1422/3 3000mm x 50m (43gsm) 14kg £206.40

 G. Polyester Batting/Wadding
This 100% virgin polyester batting/wadding has numerous uses in preparation and mount
making. Use to stuff specimens. Create “nests” for eggs, shells or minerals. Line drawers or
boxes where fragile and delicate specimens are stored (you may want to cover it with Tyvek®).
And there are hundreds of ways it can be used in textile conservation. This batting is thermal F.
bonded, so there are no resins to worry about. Approximately 12mm loft. 100gsm Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price


979-1000 1000mm x 25m 2.5kg £39.95

 H. Dartek® Cast Nylon Film


Conservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft,
transparent drapeable, nylon film with no plasticizers, additives or surface coatings. It is often
used as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure See Our Textile
table, becoming softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a Storage Boxes
dark, climate controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing
material, makes a great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. On Page 10
The 190 micron material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick
to painting surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and H.
adheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price


216-88200 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £108.75

 Reemay®
Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemay
has proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservation
methods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humidity
changes. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving,
backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous
than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Hollytex is cullendered for longer in
manufacture.

Product Code size wt thickness Price


492-2250 1219mm x 25m 17gsm 0.13mm £10.65 Roll
492-2014 1498mm x 25m 34gsm 0.28mm £35.25 Roll
492-2024 1041mm x 25m 71gsm 0.30mm £28.40 Roll

 Hollytex®
Very low lint, smooth high tensile strength acid-free non-woven 100% polyester. Used for
backing, lining, interleaving, and leaf casting are among its many uses. As a support material
for drying and paper infill it’s excellent since it permits instant drainage. A quality material for
conservators who use it in various preservation procedures.

Product Code size wt Price


492-3251 1194mm x 25m 17gsm £75.80
492-3257 1016mm x 25m 34gsm £94.00
492-3242 1219mm x 25m 71gsm £157.60

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 117


 Conservation Foams

Multi-Functional Foams  A. Archival Polyethylene Foam


Now available in black for diaplay purposes. Protect your collections by using archival
For Storage Protection quality Volara® polyethylene foam to line display cases, drawers, shelves and boxes. Line
& Transportation. phase boxes for extra protection of rare books. Archival Foam Type A is a flexible, closed cell,
polyethylene foam which is cross linked by using a unique electron irradiation process that
results in a continuous, smooth surface. Foam has excellent chemical resistance, low water
absorption and vapour transmission, superb thermal insulation and a non-abrasive,
aesthetically pleasing surface. The foam is available in a 33kgm3 density in both 3mm and
6mm thicknesses, and in either black or white. It is easily cut using scissors, paper cutter or
a utility knife.

Product Code colour thickness size Price


170-8275 white 3mm 500mm x 25m £47.50 per roll
170-8275BK black 3mm 500mm x 25m £47.50 per roll
170-4275 white 6mm 500mm x 25m £89.95 per roll
170-8235 white 3mm 500mm x 500mm £17.95 20 sheet pk
170-8235BK black 3mm 500mm x 500mm £17.95 20 sheet pk
170-4235 white 6mm 500mm x 500mm £19.50 10 sheet pk
170-4235BK black 6mm 500mm x 500mm £19.50 10 sheet pk

 B. Adhesive Backed Volara® Polyethylene Foam


The Volara® Polyethylene Foam professional conservators have known and trusted for years
is now available with a pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing. The non-yellowing acrylic
adhesive provides resistance to temperature extremes, conforms to irregular surfaces, and has
excellent long term aging characteristics. Use in display cases, shipping containers, drawers,
trays, boxes, and anywhere else additional padding is required to protect valuable artifacts.
This 1/8", 2 pound density white foam features a silicone paper release liner.
Price per roll.

Product Code Description Price


018-1054 1” x 54ft (25mm x 16.46m) £11.40
018-3054 3” x 54ft (76mm x 16.46m) £29.40
018-1254 12” x 54ft (305mm x 16.46m) £93.74
018-1854 18” x 54ft (457mm x 16.46m) £119.84

 C. White PEL Polyester Felt


The new improved version of our White Polyester Felt Liner is a, gentler, lighter weight material
than before. Still ideal for lining of drawers, boxes, and frame cartons, Polyester Felt can be
A. white A. Black B. used wherever fragile materials must be cushioned or protected. Needle punched, chemically
inert Polyester Felt is available in 3mm and 6mm thicknesses in both rolls and sheets. Textile
conservators are finding the material suitable for rolling heavy uneven textiles.
Price per package or roll.

Sheets
Product Code sheet size sheets per pk Price
170-9113 3mm x 1000mm x 1000mm (Approx) 20 £31.20
Rolls
Product Code size Price
170-9003 3mm x 1000mm x 25m Roll £33.95
170-9006 6mm x 1000mm x 25m Roll £89.95

C.
visit our website at
www.preservationequipment.com

118 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Storage Conservation 

 PEL Soft Wrap


Acid-free, very soft, easy to handle, drapable material used for protecting fragile works of art
especially in storage. Easy to use, just cut, tape, sew, heat weld (see Crossweld) or install with
hot melt gun. This 100% polyester material is chemically inert, provides a smooth, soft surface
which conforms easily to most fragile objects.
Used in Archives to make pouches for wax seals and line boxes to protect rare books. Also ideal
for rolling heavy textiles that have uneven surfaces.
Price per Roll

Product Code size wt thickness Price


492-8000 1200mm x 25m 44g/m2 0.35mm £31.95
492-8100 1500mm x 25m 80g/m2 0.90mm £89.95

 Silicone Coated Polyester Film


This Silicone Coated Polyester Film is
ultra-clear and extremely durable.
Particularly useful as a barrier when
restoring paintings and painted
wooden works of art with a tacking
iron. It is also used in paper restoration
because of its transparency and the fact that adhesives will
not adhere to it. Dimensionally stable and will not wrinkle in use as silicone papers do.
Thickness: 36 micron. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price


534-8411 1270mm x 25m 2.5kg £48.95

 Polyethylene Foam Rod (white)


Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 20mm
diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including the
formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and exhibit
cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for certain
size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot glue or
 Ethafoam® Foam Planks
Planks are rigid, inert polyethylene that are easy to cut and shape, conforms to preservation
heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape and form.
standards, and are used for the support of artifacts on display, in storage
Offered in 30m lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod.
or during transportation. Available in 12" x 24" x 4" (9 planks/case) or 12" x 24" x 2" (9
Price each.
planks/case). Ideal for making cavity trays. For Polyfoam sheets, see page 118.
Product Code size wt Price Price per case.
956-075 20mm x 30m 910g £13.95
Product Code size qty/case Price
020-12244 600mm x 305mm x 100mm 9 £69.95
020-12242 600mm x 305mm x 50mm 9 £39.95

 Bubble Film Rolls


The air-filled shock absorber with high performance
properties, soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubble  Ethafoam® Crystals
Film is flexible, strong, tear and moisture resistant. This inert polyethylene material meets all preservation standards and readily conforms to the
Manufactured from virgin low density polyethylene used to shape of delicate artifacts. An ideal packaging material for both storage and shipping. You can
protect artifacts during transit and interim storage. Artifacts also create your own display “pillows” for delicate artifacts. Shipped in 8 cubic foot containers.
should be placed away from the bubble side. Price per case.

Product Code bubble size Price Product Code size wt Price


425-1482/1 10mm. small 500mm x 100m £14.95 020-8421 0.25m3 0.25kg £83.70
425-1482/3 30mm. large 1500mm x 50m £35.95 Ethafoam® is a registered trademark of the Dow Chemical Corporation.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 119


 Tyvek Garment Covers

 Tyvek Garment Covers


Tyvek has proved to be a suitable conservation and archival material used in museums archives to protect a range
of works of art. Tyvek fulfils the function of a permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven
protective cover for textiles, PEL’s Tyvek Garment Covers provide a barrier to dust and spores and cannot support
the growth of fungi or bacteria.
The conservation range includes garment covers and rail covers. Various sizes are available for jackets, coats and
dresses. The zip enclosed covers provide full protection for larger, bulkier garments and are ideal for military
uniforms and heavy greatcoats. A special tubular closure at the top allows for a hanger and tight fastening to
prevent dust penetration. We also offer a Tyvek garment rail cover suitable for a standard rail. Price each

Standard Garment Covers


Product Code Description Size (mm) Price
212-7001 Jacket Cover 980 x 630 £7.40
212-7002 Coat Cover 1400 x 630 £9.15
212-7003 Dress, long Coat Cover 1820 x 730 £11.40

Gusseted Garment Covers


Product Code Description Size (mm) Price
212-7004 Gusseted Cover 900 x 610 x 240 £10.15
212-7005 Gusseted Cover 1200 x 610 x 240 £13.90
212-7006 Gusseted Cover 1400 x 610 x 240 £14.95
212-7007 Gusseted Cover 1780 x 610 x 240 £21.40

Garment Rail Cover


Product Code Description Size (mm) Price
212-7020 Rail Cover 1800 x 170 £49.35

120
206 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400
Accessories Conservation 
 PELfelt (Non-Woven Polyester)
This non-woven polyester material is a great padding material
for drawers, boxes, crates, etc. In addition, the material is
often used to wrap mannequins and armatures that will be
used to display vintage clothing. Use as padding and stuffing
for textiles on display or in storage. Approx 1/8" thick (3mm),
White 120gsm.

PEL Low Melt Glue Gun See Page 132

Product Code Description wt Price


149-1000 1067mm (42”) x 50m 6.4kg £51.95

 Plastazote LD45 (Large Size Sheets)


This Museum Foam is recognised and used in conservation for many applications such as drawer lining for various specimens,
coins/medals, glass photographic negatives, book rests, display supports, shipping works of art and protecting in archival
storage. This high density closed cell inert foam can be cut cleanly to most shapes using the Thermocutter, and glued together
using the Low Melt Glue Gun, it can be sculptured. Being inert and acid-free, it is also ideal for packing archival boxes to fit the
object such as rare books and other valuable items that are subject to potential damage. Available black or white from 2mm
to 30mm thickness with no lamination up to 290mm thickness with lamination, please note minimums will apply when
ordering special sizes and thicknesses.

Tolerance +/- 0.3mm up to 6mm. +/- 0.6mm over 6mm


Product Code size density wt qty colour Price
170-4528 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 45kg/m3 4.2kg 2 sheets black £55.95
170-4512 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 45kg/m3 4.0kg 4 sheets black £46.95
170-4508 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 45kg/m3 4.2kg 2 sheets white £55.95
170-4502 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 45kg/m3 4.0kg 4 sheets white £46.95

 Padded Storage Bags


Padded archival storage bags are used to protect wax seals
and have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These  E. Tyvek™ 6060 Sheets
conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gem Tyvek® is a sheet of pure spun-bonded polyethylene olefin
stones, delicate fragments and items that require archival fibres. It is lighter, tougher, and longer lasting than paper. You
quality protection. The bags are made from inert acid can mark it with pencil, pen, typewriter or you can emboss
free materials and have soft padding making them a truly images into it. Tyvek® is unaffected by water, most solvents
conservation quality storage bag. and most fumigants. You’ll find many uses for it: create
washable labels for your textiles; cover padded displays; line
Product Code Size (mm) Pack Qty Price shelves and display cases; create special enclosures. Tyvek®
428-7107 70 x 70 50 £46.20 can be used with our neutral pH adhesive to reinforce book
428-7110 100 x 100 50 £54.00 spines and hinges, or to line phase boxes. Each sheet is
428-7113 110 x 130 50 £58.20 23" x 35". Price per package of 25 sheets.
428-7114 140 x 100 25 £32.40
428-7116 140 x 160 25 £34.20 Product Code sheet size Price
428-7120 200 x 240 25 £48.00 659-2335 584mm x 889mm £49.95

www.preservationequipment.com 121
 Conservation Brushes
 A. Kuroge-Tsukemawashi Joining Brush
 Japanese Brushes Black bristles. Horsehair bristle is slightly stiffer than white bristles of Tsukemawashi (above). Suitable for more detailed applications.

Product Code: 996-0005 Price


Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm) £86.00
A.
 B. Tsukemawashi Joining Brush
Bristles are made from white goat hair. A thinner paste brush than Noribake (above) that is used for joining materials to backing.

Product Code: 996-0004 Price


Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm) £65.00

D.  C. Noribake Paste Brush


Dense goat hair bristles are used to create this brush. Use to apply paste to backing materials.
B. Product Code: 996-0003 Price
Size: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 13/8” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 35mm) £78.00

 D. Mizubake Water Brush with Deer Hair Bristles


This brush is made with many hairs in order to hold water for moistening materials to be backed or to be stretched after backing.

E. Product Code: 996-0001 Price


Size: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 13/16” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 30mm) £85.00

C.  E. Nazebake Hard Smoothing Brush


This bristles of this brush are made from the hemp palm tree. It is used to smooth and press moistened and pasted papers together.

Product Code: 996-0002 Price


Size: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 23/4” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 70mm) £66.00

 Conservation Brushes
Craftsman Brushes made by a small family business that has been in existence for over 100 years. The top quality bristles are made with natural materials such as white goat hair, horsehair, pig/hog,
squirrel, plus German silver and brass bristles. Used for conservation from dusting, paste and paint applications, varnish, cleaning, retouching, washing, and various other functions. The makers produce
far more brushes than we have shown in our catalogue. Therefore if you can not find the brush you are seeking, please let us know. We welcome your comments and look forward to hearing from you.

Item Product Code Width Bristle Length Type Hair Price


1 687-461653 120mm 30mm double White Goat £8.25 6
2 687-428653 150mm 35mm single White Goat £9.55
3 687-428643 150mm 30mm double Horse £10.95
4 687-429653 300mm 35mm single White Goat £11.75
5 687-462534 200mm 40mm double Hog £18.60
5
1
6 687-45130 40mm dia. 15mm triple White Goat £8.75
6 687-45131 40mm dia. 15mm triple Soft Hog £7.90
7 687-41356 15mm dia. 30mm full White Goat £8.00
7 687-413512 30mm dia. 40mm full White Goat £15.85 13
8 687-452653 100mm 35mm double White Goat £7.30 16
9 687-453632 110mm 20mm triple Soft Hog £8.20
10 687-453522 110mm 20mm triple Hog £6.25 14
11 687-452532 90mm 20mm double Brass £5.70 15
12 687-452115 90mm 20mm double Soft Hog £4.75
13 687-41926 5mm dia. 6mm full White Goat £1.05
13 687-419210 7mm dia. 9mm full White Goat £1.30 2
13 687-41934 6mm dia. 10mm full Soft Hog £1.05
7
13 687-41938 7mm dia. 15mm full Soft Hog £1.30
14 687-451521 30mm 15mm triple White Goat £4.45
15 687-451110 30mm 12mm triple Brass £4.45
16 687-451651 30mm 12mm triple Hog £4.45
4
 Paste & Water Brushes
Made in Germany by the same family business that makes our
full range of conservation brushes. The white pig hair is a high
quality paste brush to ensure even distribution. The dense white
goat hair is very soft and is made to hold water making it an ideal
wetting brush. Other uses can be found for these sought after 3
brushes, which are only available in the UK from PEL. 8
12 11 9
Product Code width bristle length hair type Price 10
687-4930 140mm 35mm white pig £62.25
687-4931 140mm 35mm white goat £63.95

122 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Brushes Conservation 
 Conservation Brushes
We have a variety of brushes which painting conservators
demand, and conservators in other areas will find
appropriate for hundreds of tasks. Winsor & Newton Series 7
brushes are made of 100% Russian Kolinsky Sable hair, and
 Round Bridled Glue Brushes feature seamless, cupro nickel ferrules on polished black
handles. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes come in two
These 100% pure grey hog bristle brushes feature a plain
styles, Tight Spot Detailers and Spotters. Both blend three
sanded handle and seamless aluminum ferrules. For all hot or
cold glue applications. Wire bridle construction for added
thicknesses of dyed synthetic filament to perform like the E
finest natural hair. They are highly absorbent, durable and
strength.
versatile. Price each.
Product Code size Dia. Bristle Price
032-3041 #8 0.5” 1.5” £3.95  E. Windsor & Newton Series 7
032-3035 #12 0.75” 1.75” £5.25
032-3037 #16 1” 2” £6.95 Product Code size Price
032-3039 #22 1.5” 2.375” £14.90 682-7030 000 £6.51
682-7020 00 £6.98
682-7000 0 £7.45
 Anti-Static Brush 682-7001 1 £7.91
Dissipate static and remove dust without the use of radioac- 682-7002 2 £9.32
tive, electric or electronic devices. A special blend of natural 682-7003 3 £12.98
hair and conductive fibre is 682-7004 4 £20.43 F
carefully hand sewn with 682-7005 5 £27.23
stainless steel wire. The 682-7006 6 £35.74
result is a soft, gentle, and
safe brush that is ideal for
use on sensitive materials  F. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes
such as lenses, film, and
Product Code size Price
computer screens. Static is
Tight Spot Detailers
removed by conductive fibres
682-7670-10 10/0 £2.55
while the natural blend of fine
goat hair whisks away dust. 682-7670-5 5/0 £2.55
Price each. 682-7670-0 0 £2.55
Spotters
682-7650-10 10/0 £2.55
Product Code Width Price 682-7650-4 4/0 £2.55
886-0038 38mm £9.95 682-7650-0 0 £2.55

 Dusting Brush
A durable, 15" long, high-impact handled dust brush with soft
horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt and erasure crumbs from G H
paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each.

Product Code Length Price


869-BR364 15” (381mm) £9.95

 Dusting Brush  G. Classic Hake Brushes  H. Hake Brushes


This quality Winsor-Newton brush will not scratch pho- Made from the softest, select sheep hair, Classic Hake Flat, wide, soft, white hair brushes. Use for washes, sizing,
tographs, negatives, documents or artwork. Perfect for clean- Brushes are the ideal tool for working on the most mounting, gluing or spreading any thin media. Plain, wooden
ing dust, dirt, and repair material residue; made of extremely delicate of items. They are indispensable for working with handles. Price each.
soft goat hair. Bristle length is 1-0.5" out of a seamless the soft surfaces of Japanese papers and tissues.
aluminum ferrule. Ferrule is 0.75" wide, bristles flare to Price each.
1-0.75". White wooden handle with a black tip. Price each. Product Code size £Price
680-00C4 1.125” (29mm) £9.25
Product Code Length Diameter Price Product Code Width Price 680-00C5 1.5” (38mm) £10.80
682-2403 38mm 19-45mm £13.30 680-215 3” (76mm) £36.70 680-0B30 3” (76mm) £16.90

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 123


 Brushes

 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush)


A Japanese innovation which is as revolutionary to the traditional calligraphy brush as the
fountain pen was to the quill in Europe. Made from polyethylene, polypropylene and nylon, the
reservoir brush enables the application of liquids without the necessity of continually refreshing
the tip through dipping. This ensures a more even distribution than normal brushes allow over
a larger area, thus making it ideal for many brush-based conservation treatments where
consistency is a requirement. The reservoir brush may be used for a number of applications,
from wet-tearing (without the abrasive scratching usually associated with stylus pens) to the
localised application of solvents*, deacidification agents and detergents. The Reservoir Brush
has been used to good effect with vacuum treatments on the PEL Cold Suction Table and Small
Suction Platens. Price each. * Not suitable for use with Alkenes, Alkanes or Ketones.

 Japanese Brushes Product Code Description Wt Price


Both these small brushes are used in conservation repair. The wood handle lies across the 685-0101 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Detail Tip 8.0g £3.25
fingers and between the thumb allowing a natural brushing stroke. Made from the softest 685-0102 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Small Tip 8.0g £3.95
selected sheep and goat hair. Price each. 685-0103 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Medium Tip 8.0g £4.35

Product Code Size/Hair Price


996-0032 55mm/Goat Beard £21.95
996-0033 55mm/Sheep Hair £19.95

A.

B. C.

 A. Flat Angled Brush


Flat angled Fitch or crevice brush made from white hog hair with strong copper ferrule.
Price each.
Product Code Width Length Price
 Silicone (Non-Absorbent) Brushes
The unique silicone tipped brush prevents adhesives, paint, glazes, wax and plaster from
032-4725 0.5" 13mm 300mm £3.50
sticking to the brush. Ideal for mixing, spreading, modelling, carving or making small adjustments
032-4721 1.0" 25mm 325mm £5.75
without the particle/fragment coming away on the end of the brush. No doubt conservators will
 B. Cleaning Brushes find many other uses such as separating small specimens and much more. If any material dries
on the tip it can simply be peeled away. Will work with tough adhesives, even dry contact cement
The cleaning brush has a wood handle, metal ferrule, flat 19mm wide bristles, stiff nylon one end peels off. Works like a spatula, use them to apply and spread even fine layers of paint, leather
and soft nylon the other. These inexpensive brushes can be discarded once too dirty. dressing, or adhesives, evenly blend pastel, charcoal and soft graphite. Available in ivory soft (S),
Price per pack of 5 brushes. grey firm (F), various shapes and sizes. To find out which silicone brush suits your intended application
Product Code Width Length Price we have included sample wallet sets. This will allow you to test the firmness and shape.
032-4703 0.75" (19mm) 237mm £9.50
Product Code Description size Price
 C. Brass Cleaning Brush 683-11901
683-12901
Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape)
Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape)
0
0
£15.95
£15.95
This copper ferrule brush has brass wire one end and bristles the other. Also known as a
683-11902 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 2 £20.95
sieve cleaning brush.
683-12902 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 2 £20.95
Product Code Width Length Price 683-11900 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 6 £28.95
032-4750 1.25" (32mm) 130mm £5.25 683-12900 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 6 £28.95

124 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Cubelite 

 Cubelite
PEL has been requested to supply the Cubelite for the cataloguing of works of art and photography during conservation. This system
will allow you to take professional looking subject shots time after time with no unsightly shadows or reflections.
By placing the item to be photographed inside the Cubelite many of the typical lighting difficulties experienced by non professional
photographs are automatically taken care of. The operation of the Cubelite is simple. It works with a constant light source and
therefore requires no additional “flash” from the camera. This makes composing the shot very easy because what you see is what you
actually get. The Cubelite also comes with a removal front panel. This can be attached if the subject matter is highly reflective such
as glass. The subject is completely isolated from the surroundings with only a small zip opening for the camera lens. This ensures
photographs with no unsightly reflections.
 The 2ft and 3ft kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 1 x Stand, 1 x Tungsten Light, 1 x 500w Bulb, 1 x Silver/White Reflector,
1 x White Vinyl Background Sheet, 1 x Carry Case,
 The 4ft kits include the same as the 2ft and 3ft plus a roll of white background paper.
 The 5ft & 6ft 6" kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 4 x Stands, 4 x Tungsten Lights, 4 x 500w Bulbs, 1 x Roll of White Background Paper,
The removable back and base on the 3ft kit allows you to photograph a section of a much larger product that will not fit inside
the Cubelite such as long subjects. The removable back also allows you to photograph fragments and retain the original
background, useful for archaeological digs.

Cubelite Light Table


The Light Table folds flat for easy storage when not in use and can be assembled in a matter of minutes. It is supplied with an
additional tungsten light which is placed inside the table and can be positioned facing upwards or downwards to achieve a different
intensity and distribution of light. When the Light Table is assembled simply place the Cubelite Kit on top of it, remembering to swap
the opaque white vinyl background sheet for the translucent film supplied with the Light Table Kit. The system is now ready to use.
Available for 2ft and 3ft cubelite kits.

Product Code Description Price


511-3611 2ft Cubelite Kit £264.00
511-3601 3ft Cubelite Kit £305.00
511-3612 3ft Cubelite Kit (Removable Back & Base) £332.00
511-3613 4ft Cubelite Kit £349.00
511-3615 5ft x 5ft x 7ft Cubelite Kit £698.00
511-3614 6ft 6" x 6ft 6" x 7ft Cubelite Kit £789.00
511-9550 Tungsten Light, Bulb & Stand Kit £125.00
511-9350 Tungsten Bulb £16.00
511-8827 2ft Cubelite Light Table Kit £215.00
511-8839 3ft Cubelite Light Table Kit £266.00

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 125


 Light Boxes
 Fibre Optic Light Sheet
This product has been developed after extensive research and
is a proprietary product of Preservation Equipment Ltd. The
Fibre Optic Light Source provides a safe heat-free and UV-free
bright light used for back illumination in bound books for
research of water marks, repairs and photography. Paper and
textile conservators will find the back lighting very useful as
will other conservators who require a flexible, safe, cold, bright
light for treatment or examination to a localised area of a
specimen. Since no electricity is connected to the actual
light sheet or lead (only electric power is at the light source)
the sheet is safe to work in damp situations. The very
thin (1.8mm) light sheet is water resistant, but not waterproof
and should not be immersed in water. The selector switch has
3 settings for high and low light intensity with an off position.

Product Code. 805-0051 £762.00


Power Supply 110 voltage
Product Code. 805-0052 £762.00
Power Supply 220/240 voltage
Lamp 12 volt 50 watt dichroic
reflector lamp
Dimensions Light Sheet 280 x 210 x 1.8mm
Sheet Lead 525mm long
Weights Sheet and Lead 250g
Lightsource 4.5kg

 Light Boxes
Our extensive range of light boxes are designed to suit most requirements for conservators and
photographic work. We have available from stock small to extra large light boxes with colour
corrected lamps to British Standard 950 part 2 (5000°K). The opal perspex flush screen will not
snag your material. The lightweight aluminium extrusion has a “silver hammer” finish, sizes A4,
A3, and A2 have a carry handle, all models have an on/off switch. Models fitted with stage dim-
mer switch have a D at the end of the product code.

Product Code screen size (mm) overall size wt Price


511-0204 (A4) 305 x 234 275 x 346 x 90mm 2.8kg £180.00
511-0203 (A3) 459 x 305 346 x 500 x 90mm 4.0kg £245.00
511-0202 (A2) 605 x 459 500 x 646 x 90mm 7.2kg £370.00
511-0202D (A2) 605 x 459 500 x 646 x 90mm 9.2kg £390.00
511-0201 (A1) 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120mm 11.6kg £560.00
511-0201D (A1) 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120mm 16.0kg £605.00

D - Stage Dimmer Switch.

 Portable Light Viewers


These portable viewers are a convenient size for desk or briefcase, B.
batteries ‘C’ type or mains adaptor powered.

Product Code screen size overall size Price


A. 511-0253 99 x 124mm 135 x 159 x 40mm £14.50
B. 511-3021 245 x 145mm 310 x 220 x 54mm £35.50
807-7000 Mains Adapter - European and UK £12.95

A.

126 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Viewing Systems Microscopes 
 Light Sheet
The output from this very low priced light sheet will surprise you with its brightness. An
inexpensive alternative to our top of the range Fibre Optic Light Sheet. This backlight is used
for watermark research, photography, paper and textile repairs, viewing transparencies and
examination of specimens.

The size of the light surface is 11.7 x 8.25 inches (297mm x 210mm) an ideal size to fit A4
paper. The light source will last about 20,000 hours (15-20 years with average use). The
power consumption is less than a 20 watt bulb, because of the type of fluorescent lamp used,
it does not fade or get hot.

It has a 12 volt input supplied by a mains 110 Volt and 230 Volt AC/DC adaptor. The Light
Sheet is mounted on four rubber feet so that it can rest firmly on a table. The Light Sheet
without AC/DC adaptor weighs 870 grams.

Product Code Description Price


511-7000 Light Sheet 360 x 260 x 18mm £64.95 each

 873-410

Product Code: 873-410 £362.25  StereoMaster Microscope


Objective Magnification Field View Working Distance
This budget priced long-arm stereo microscope with exceptional working clearance is ideal for
1x 10x 20mm 152mm
conservation applications. The long working-distance allows its use with a variety of specimens,
2x 20x 10mm 113mm large and small. Excellent stereo viewing, large fields of view and depth of field at all powers,
3.5x 35x 5mm 113mm the beam is very nearly on axis to allow the illumination of surfaces, cavaties and holes. The
weight 10kg StereoMaster comes with straight through binocular head, one eyetube has diopter adjustment,
two wide field 10x eyepieces - accepting a 21mm diameter graticule, Pair of eyeguards, three
interchangeable objectives giving 10x, 20x, 35x magnifications. Long arm stand with integral
12 Volt 10 watt illuminator and dust cover.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 127


 Microscopes
 Stereo Zoom Microscope System
Before choosing the Stereo Zoom Microscope, we discussed with conservators what they looked
for in a microscope system. Our findings are that it should have flexibility with a quality optical sys-
tem providing crisp, parfocal images plus a variety of illumination options and other accessories.
The Zoom body is available in binocular and trinocular versions with 45° inclined eyetubes and
convenient side mounted continuous zoom controls. 1x to 4x zoom range is standard. A detente
mechanism indicates magnification without interrupting observation and ensures reproducibility of
magnification for measurement purposes. Equipped with focusing eyepiece tubes and an
adjustable interpupilary distance of between 50mm and 75mm. Rotatable through 360°, the body
has a 74mm diameter. The trinocular body is fitted with a photo port for photographic and CCTV
application. Optics provide un-reversed stereoscopic image with bright, crisp parfocal images
throughout the zoom range. Widefield 10x eyepiece with eyecups as standard, providing a 10x to
40x magnification range and a longer working distance. Accessories available: 20x widefield eye-
pieces plus 0.5x and 1.5x auxiliary lenses.
Trinocular body provides all the advanced features of the binocular body, but with the added
facility of a camera port. A light path selector lever transfers the image from the right eye path,
directly to the camera providing maximum light while still allowing simultaneous observation
through the left eyetube. Camera adapters for 35mm SLR and CCTV cameras are supplied, most
modern SLR cameras can then be fitted with a suitable ‘T’ mount adapter, which is available from  873-3330
a photographic shop.
Universal Stand incorporates a heavy duty base and sturdy vertical column. A long horizontal arm
supports the zoom head, making the system ideal for viewing large specimens, it will rotate
through 360°.
Duplex Stand features both transmitted (12V 10W halogen) and incident (12V 10W tungsten)
illumination in a compact, self contained stand. A variable intensity control is used to optimise
illumination. The stand includes an opal stage plate, blue filter, stage clips and focusing arm with
illuminator.

 873-2249
with additional 873-1500 Fibre Optic Illuminator

 Trinocular body & Duplex Stand


This system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin
dioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10x
eyepieces, which accept 23mm diameter graticule. Pair eye
guards, focusing arm with incident light (12 volt 20W
tungsten) and stop collar. Adapters for 35mm SLR (requires
T2 ring) and CCTV cameras. Transmitted light (12 volt 10W
halogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter and
dust cover.

Product Code: 873-3330


Price £1110.55

 Binocular body & Universal Stand  Binocular body & Duplex Stand  Trinocular body & Universal Stand
Comes complete with: Binocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pair This system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin Comes complete with: Trinocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pair
widefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm stop dioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10x widefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm and
collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm diameter eyepieces which accept a 23mm diameter graticule. Pair stop collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm
post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light source eyeguards, focusing arm with incident illuminator (12 volt diameter post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light
with suitable fibre optic component. 20W tungsten) and stop collar. Transmitted light (12 volt 20W source with suitable fibre optic component.
halogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter and
dust cover.

Product Code: 873-2249 Product Code: 873-2220 Product Code: 873-3349


Price £1022.70 Price £829.50 Price £1280.00

128 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Microscopes II
II PEL - Vertical Microscope Trolley
PEL have developed this mobile vertical microscope stand especially for conservators to view objects in a vertical
position. Ideal for painting conservators working on site or in the studio. The trolley base comes with jacking feet that
lock the trolley to provide very stable conditions for microscope use.
Best used with a zoom microscope, using side zoom controls, and designed for the PEL range of microscopes.
The trolley telescopic column has 440mm vertical movement and a further 140mm adjustment on the microscope
column. The horizontal column has 280mm movement and includes a safety groove to prevent the microscope from
rotating. The support bracket allows various angle movements and can easily be positioned even at various degrees to
the working surface, accessory tray supports lighting source and tools.

Product Code: 873-5000 £799.95 Dimensions


Accessory Tray 300mm x 300mm
Trolley Base 650mm x 550mm
Eye Piece Height Max: 1598mm. Min: 965mm.

II Microscope Trolley Kits, Binocular Body (as shown)


Binocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment.
Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and trolley.

Product Code: 873-5222 £1953.00

II Trinocular Body With Adapters For CCTV & 35mm Camera


Trinocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment.
Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and
trolley (requires T2 ring to fit camera’s).

Product Code: 873-5333 £1999.95

II Mylar Microscope Slide Covers


These sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive
flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glass
clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and
fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology
at The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowed
us to use the picture.

217-8032 £115.85 per 1000

873-1500 Light Source Only £429.60 II Fibre Optic Illuminators


Components This high intensity illuminator provides a variable 150w cold light with a colour
temperature of 3250k. The system can be used with single or bifurcated light
873-1502 Double light guide semi rigid 520mm x 5.5mm £173.00
guides with optional focusing lenses, or a continuous ringlight which provides
873-1515 Focusing lens for P873-1501 & P873-1502 £31.00 shadow free illumination and fits easily to the microscope body.
873-1510 Spare Lamp 150w halogen for P873-1500 £14.60

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 129


II Conservation Hot Irons & Stations
II Precision Temperature Tool Product Code Price II Tips for Precision Temp Tool
Controlling the heat from 452-1002 Tool Stand £8.33 A complete set of 12 tips to choose from for a variety of appli-
100°C upwards is easy 452-1006 Sellotape Removal Tip £10.86 cations. These low-price tips are sold separately and are illus-
and exact with the tem- 452-1007 Bent Needle Tip £8.04 trated with approximate sizes.
perature dial controller. Sellotape Tape Removal Tip is used to soften the adhe-
452-1008 Medium Flat Tip £10.15
Some experimentation sive spading off the old tape. Please note GREAT CAUTION
may be required to cali- 452-1009 Wide Flat Tip £10.15 should be used in the removal of any tape. Some tapes may
brate the amount of heat 452-1010 Fine Flat Tip £10.15 scorch when exposed to a high temperature tip setting.
needed. The selection of 452-1012 Button Tip £8.04 Always test a small unobtrusive area before attempting any
tips gives a dependable 452-1013 Blade Tip £10.15 removal method.
variety of conservation uses, from removing Sellotape to 452-1014 Curved Spade Tip £10.15
activating heat-set adhesives. Order tips separately.
452-1015 Needle Tip £8.04
452-1016 Long Blank Tip £8.04
452-1018 Standard Tip £8.16
452-1020 5mm Round £8.16
Product Code Price
452-1003/1 UK Plug £52.95 These tips only fit the precision temperature tool
452-1003/1E 220 Volt Plug £52.95

II Tacking/Spatula Iron
D. In Handle Control. Adjusting the temperature is easy, use a
small blade screwdriver to set the temperature between 60°C
and 160°C graduated in 20°C increments. The high positive
C. temperature coefficient provides rapid tip temperature
recovery time, and fast warm-up from cold (e.g. 50 seconds
B. to maximum temperature). There are six extra tips to choose
from, for a variety of applications. Uses same tips as conser-
vation iron. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only.
A.
Product Code: 805-6914 £72.50
E.
Power Supply 220/240 Voltage
II 452-1002 Wattage to iron 50 Watt
Stand Temperature Range 60oC - 160oC approximate
Dimensions
F. 805-2405 TIP
II Conservation Iron & Station Overall Length: 222mm. Tip to Handle Length: 82mm.
This state-of-the-art tacking and spatula iron is a PEL Handle Length: 140mm. Weight: 55g.
proprietary product designed to suit the needs of all types of
conservation, from heavy tacking to a delicate spatula tip for oil
paintings. The control station has the facility to dial in the tip size
P805-00S4 P805-00S1
reference so that the LED temperature readout is the correct
temperature, whatever the size of the tip, small or large. The 30mm
17mm

iron shaft element has been strengthened with a stainless steel 74mm
32mm

sleeve to give added strength, especially when used constantly


as a tacking iron. Special safety features 115 voltage or 230
voltage is stepped down to 24 volt AC. The silicone cable pro-
P805-00S2
vides remarkable protection against accidental burning, even at P805-00S3
maximum tip temperature. Comes complete with instructions,
control station, iron and flat tip (805-2405). The control station 20mm 21mm

leaves the factory programmed in many languages, but set up 46mm


62mm

in English. You can also select temperature readout in


Fahrenheit or Celsius. Please note to ensure accuracy of
temperature it is adviseable to have the unit calibrated at least
once a year. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only. II Tips
P805-00S6
Spatula and tacking tips for II Tacking Iron
Product Code: 805-690 £221.50 805-6914 and 805-690. These This low priced iron is suitable for light-duty applications,
Power Supply 220/240 Voltage 5mm
individually made tips are sold
32mm such as photographic dry mounting or tacking corners of heat
Product Code: 805-690-110 £243.65 separately, illustrated with
design shape and mm size. activated laminating materials before inserting into laminating
Power Supply 110 Voltage presses. Comes complete with curved tip. Please note this
Wattage to iron 50 Watt iron is not temperature controllable and gets very hot.
Voltage to iron 24 volt AC A. 805-00S1 £21.95
Temperature Range 30oC - 200oC / 86oF - 392oF B. 805-00S2 £21.95 Product Code: 805-6910 £36.70
Accuracy +/- 5ºC C. 805-00S3 £29.95 Power Supply 220/240 Voltage
Electric Cable 2.3m D. 805-00S4 £29.95 Wattage to iron 15 Watt
805-SD50 Spare Iron £53.50 E. 805-00S6 £21.95 Temperature Range 170oC (approx.)
452-1002 Iron Stand £8.33 F. 805-2405 £13.95 Weight with Tip 75g

130 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Sealing Machines II

II Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing Machine


Preservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted
worldwide. After years of experience with the previous Crossweld we have now introduced
the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health and safety
approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally
stepping on it (health and safety liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching
the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen with this new
machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continual-
ly weld very wide sheets, up to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows
much more room to work with the material you are sealing.

The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth
protecting the welding element is simply replaced by winding new material into place from
the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds.

We have increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width
between the jaws as on the old machine. For wider material you can now continuously weld
in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used.

The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every
Product Code Description Price time. The Crossweld can be used for sealing various thicknesses of polyester film, it will
806-7000-110 Power supply: 110 voltage £1995.00 weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek,
806-7000 Power supply: 220/240 voltage £1995.00
Weld length: 700mm continuous PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have
Weld width: 3mm made replacing the heating element so easy (not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE
Dimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm high Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet.
Weight: 58kg
Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth.
Product Code Description Price Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use.
806-7001 Spare heating element £8.50
806-7002 Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm £32.00
806-7003 Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m £41.00
806-7004 Floor mounting stand £249.00

II Polyester Sealing Machines


Our professional experience of polyester film sealing
machines for conservation is recognised and trusted
worldwide. Conservators work and choose carefully
which is why they trust and purchase the Preservation
Equipment machines. Cut sheets and rolls for use in
sealing machines, see Polyester Film section for our
many sizes of polyester film.

II Warning
The success of the Crossweld™ has attracted competitors
to offer bag and flat tube machines with bottom element. We
suggest these machines, designed for sealing low melt point
polyethylene, are not suitable as a crossweld machine. To
avoid disappointment, talk with customers who have pur-
chased the Crossweld™, they will tell you how superior our II Monarch Economy (Bead Welding)
machines are, that’s why we make this statement. This product has without doubt out-sold any other sealing machine, constantly being used by conservators worldwide. A truly
reliable machine justifiably referred to by its
The Crossweld™ is designed especially to suit the welding Product Code Specification Price users as “the best machine we’ve bought
of polyester film, which requires a flat support surface both 806-6000-240 Power Supply: 220/240 Voltage £1399.00 and so easy to use”. The 710mm weld
sides of the weld. The sealing of polyester filmrequires 806-6000-110 Power Supply: 110 Voltage £1490.00 length allows continuous sealing for those
machines that have been manufactured for the precise Weld Length: 710mm continuous really large charts, maps and photographs.
welding of the very narrow band melt point of polyester film, The Monarch Economy will allow you to
Dimensions (max): 770mmW x 750mmD x 120mmH
if it’s too high it will melt through the film too low and it will make any size polyester pocket or sleeve or
Weight: 15kg
not seal. The welding element must be fitted to the top mov- completely encapsulate in seconds.
ing jaw, not on the base/bottom as with bag sealers, this is Capacity: 23 to 175 micron thick
essential for lining up the weld and sealing polyester to board 805-ME710 Spare Element £9.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 131


II Shipping & Packing

II Low Melt Glue Gun


We have selected this system because the low melt adhesive
gives an instant bonding at a much lower temperature. This
makes it easier and safer to use. More significantly it means
you can bond heat sensitive substrates, such as Plastazote,
even polystyrene foams, fabrics, films, corrugated board and
other delicate materials without heat damage. This revolution-
ary new hot melt glue gun operates at a lower temperature
than conventional glue guns. Nearly 70°C lower! It is even
possible to stick decoration pieces onto inflated balloons
without heat damage. After initial warm up, the glue melts on
demand as trigger pressure is exerted. Just apply low melt
glue to one surface, then press parts together for instant
bonding. Conforms to very high safety standards, it operates II Low Melt Adhesive
using a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) heater that These low melt glue sticks are clear 12mm general purpose
regulates its own temperature electronically. The heater will hot melt adhesive, specially designed to be used in the
operate on any voltage from 100-240 voltage and provides a 419-1000 glue gun: it will bond a wide variety of substrates,
fast warm-up time of only 5-7 minutes. including paper, board, fabric, foam, film, wood and many
more. It has been formulated for application temperatures
Product Code: 419-1000 £19.20 between 120°C-140°C, making it particularly useful for
Power Supply 100/240v (Electronic Self Adjust) bonding heat sensitive materials.
Power Consumption 20-400 watt (Electronic Self Reg)
Temp 130ºC (Self Regulating Heater) Product Code: 419-1044 £13.40
Melt Rate Up to 750g/hr Adhesive Size 12mm x 190mm
Adhesive Size 12 x 190mm sticks (low melt) Weight 1 kilo
Weight 280 grams Gun Only Quantity 50 sticks

II Velcro® Hook & Loop Coin Fasteners (Velcoins®)


These self-adhesive Velcro® fasteners consist of woven nylon hook and loop mated pairs. They have a very strong neutral
pH adhesive and are useful for a variety of purposes including box and folder closures, holding displayed objects in place and
exhibitions. The round coins are a very neat method of making a simple secure fastener. The rounded corners enable easy assembly
and avoids lifted edges. Price 25m rolls and small packs.

Product Code Description Type Colour No. of coins Price


483-0016 16mm Coins Pairs White 16 sets £1.28
483-0020 20mm Squares Pairs White 24 sets £1.93
483-1013H 13mm Coins Hooks White 1,550 £23.95
483-1022H 22mm Coins Hooks White 1,022 £31.29
483-1013L 13mm Coins Loops White 1,550 £23.95
483-1022L 22mm Coins Loops White 1,022 £31.29

II Velcro Tape®
A continuous roll of both hooks and loops. Simply cut the strip to a desired length, attach to both surfaces and press together to
fasten. Same as the Velcoin® the adhesive is strong and sticks to most surfaces.

Product Code size/type wt Price


483-1200 20mm x 10m White £15.75

II Velcro ® Brand One-Wrap


Patented Velcro® brand one-wrap® Self-Gripping Fasteners offer a neat and secure fastening system that is both adjustable
and reusable and can never over-tighten. These unique back to back fasteners can be cycled (open and closed) hundreds of
times. One side has the loops and other the hooks, one single strip is all you need, it wraps round itself. The advantages of
Velcro® are the straps can be adjusted, repositioned and reusable. Closed by one single touch. The application is to hold
bundles of papers, folders, envelopes and rolled maps/drawings together. Making fastening for phase boxes the one-wrap can
be riveted to boards. Also used in disaster recovery since water does not prevent the fasteners working. No doubt other uses will
be found for Velcro® One-Wrap®. Price per 25m roll.
Product Code size/type wt Price
483-101OW 10mm x 25m White £10.50
483-101OB 10mm x 25m Black £10.50
483-1025W 25mm x 25m White £15.75
483-1025B 25mm x 25m Black £15.75

132 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Museum Vac® II

II Museum Vac® (with dial suction control)


Compact and light weight, specially developed to conservation standards with unique
PEL features such as adjustable suction level, which allows the lowest vacuum on
delicate fragile items, to full power for tougher cleaning jobs. Mildew spores are locked in a
disposable paper filter bag by patented value preventing further contamination. A range of
accessories are available (please order separately) to suit most applications. Secure
shoulder strap for hands free operation is designed for this model, as is a nylon
carry bag for the vacuum and all the accessories. Stretch hose without coil
back pressure and soft rubber tools prevent chipping and scratching works of
art. Comes with hose and rubber nozzle as shown and one filter bag.

Product Code: 561-1997 £159.95


Museum Vac, Hose & Rubber Nozzle
Power Supply 230 voltage models
Power Consumption 400 watt
Airflow 12 litres per second
Suction 642mm H2O
Filtration 0.3 micron
Capacity 1.7 litres
561-8099 561-8090 Weight 2 Kg
Nylon carry bag Shoulder Strap Dimensions 320 x 175 x 146mm
561-4251 Filter Bags £19.95 per pack of 10

II Museum Vac® Product Code: 561-1982 £269.85


Backpack with Dial Suction Control. This vacuum cleaner Power Supply 230 Volt
from our Museum Vac range is designed for mobile cleaning Product Code: 561-1982-110 £275.85
with hands free operation, ideal for working on steps and Power Supply 110 Volt
ladders. As with all Museum Vac’s, our unique electronic dial Power Consumption 1000 Watt
suction control allows the lowest vacuum on fragile items Airflow 43.5 litre/sec
to full power on tougher cleaning jobs. A genuine practical Suction 2100mm H2O
design where particular attention has been paid to user Capacity 9 litres
comfort, convenience and safety, with lightweight distribution Cable Length 12 metres
and low operational noise level. The performance is excellent, Weight 5.9 Kg
with extra large filter system and 2-stage disposable dust bags Dimensions 500 x 335 x 215mm
ensuring continuous high performance and easy emptying. The Product Code: 561-4149 £8.95
standard accessory kit incorporates all that is needed for the HEPAFLO Filter Bags. Pack of 10
quick and efficient cleaning of all surfaces right down to the
lightweight, free flo’floor nozzle which simply glides from
carpet to hard floors or vice versa without so much as
a single adjustment.
II Museum Vac®
In carry case with dial suction control. This Museum Vac ®
comes complete within a carry case storing the tools and
accessories in the lid. As with all Museum Vac’s it is adjustable
for delicate suction to full power vacuum. Thermal protection
cuts out the motor if bag is full or blocked (automatic reset).
The 800 watt motor produces a 30 litre per second airflow
making a strong suction of 1400mm WG.
This Museum Vac® will tackle very tough jobs and still do
delicate conservation work. The 3 stage filter system keeps
mildew spores locked in the disposable paper bag by a
patented non-return valve. Our extensive range of purpose
made brushes and accessories are available for all models of
Museum Vac’s (please order separately). Comes completely
integral, in its own carry case, stretch hose, rubber nozzle,
crevice tool and brush and one filter bag.

Product Code: 561-1990 £273.90


Power Supply 230 Volt model
Product Code: 561-1990-110 £279.90
Power Supply 110 Volt model
Power Consumption 800 watt
Air flow 30 litres per second
Suction 1400mm H2O
Capacity 2.7 litres
Weight 5.5 Kg
Dimensions 457 x 241 x 190mm
561-4150 Filter Bags £21.95 per pack of 10

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 133


II Museum Vac®

560-FV-30
II Vacuum Pick-Up System
Replacement This system is designed for various conservation practices, will pick up small fragments of wood,
Inlet Filter metal, gem stones, ceramics, paper and paint flakes. One feature is you do not have to hold
your finger over a small hole (as with other systems) to create a vacuum. This is better for
conservators to manipulate fragments into awkward positions, then simply press the button to
release the fragment. The PTFE rigid cups will prevent pieces with wet adhesives sticking to
the vacuum cup when you wish to release the fragment such as paint flakes.
The vacuum pump is very small, quiet in operation and lightweight and consumes only 5W of
power. An internal filter on the inlet ensures that no particles can enter the pump mechanism
and an outlet filter ensures that no particles created by the pump are released into the
surrounding air. This makes the pump suitable for class 1 clean rooms. Vacuum pressure is
sufficient to lift 150 grams weight and is adjustable from maximum to very soft pressure. Spare
560-FV-20 560-FV-10 inlet filters are also available.
Set of 4 Rigid PTFE Vacuum Pick-Up
Suction Cups System This high quality wand is manufactured in PTFE, a fluoropolymer resin with exceptional resis-
tance to high temperatures, chemicals and corrosion. This allows a high level of cleanliness to
be maintained. The unique wand control valve ensures reliable suction and instantaneous
release. Vacuum is continuosly drawn until the button is pressed (press to release). Suction
cups are easily changed without dismantling the wand itself. Silicone suction cups are included
in diameters 5,8,11 & 15mm. An optional set of rigid PTFE suction cups in the same diameters
is also available.

Product Code: 560-FV-10 £246.65


Adjustable Vacuum Pressure 4kPa to -14kPa
Flow Rate 2.71/min
Power Consumption 5.0W
Duty Cycle Continuous
Dimensions (D x W x H) 155mm x 72mm x 54mm
Weight 600g
Flexible Tubing included 1 metre
Product Code: 560-FV-20 £42.50
Set of 4 rigid PTFE suction cups
Product Code: 560-FV-30 £24.95
Replacement inlet filter

947-5040
Glass

II Museum Vac®
With HEPA filter and disposable cartridge
This model of Museum Vac® is designed for use when removing mildew spores, fungi and irri-
tant or toxic dust. The machine is invaluable when cleaning documents and books that contain
mildew spores that should be disposed of safely to reduce spreading. The health of the
conservator is better protected by a HEPA filter. The disposable cartridge when filled with waste
can then be disposed of in compliance with local regulations. The HEPA filter is built into the 947-3232 Standard
disposable cartridge and is automatically replaced when a new cartridge is fitted. As with all
Museum Vacs it is adjustable from delicate suction to full power vacuum by the dial suction
control. Comes complete with hose, crevice tool, brush, rubber nozzle and instructions all in its II PEL Cloth™
own carry case. MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possible
to clean surfaces without the use of chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the
Product Code: 561-3000 £269.00 PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results are achieved on all
Power Supply 220/240 volt & 110 volt (USA plug) surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and the
Power Consumption 800 watt environment.
Air Flow 30 litres per second For more information on PEL Cloth see page 180.
Suction 1400mm WG
Capacity 4.6 litres Product Code description dimensions Price
Filtration Down to 0.3 microns 947-3232/5 standard 320mm x 320mm £10.95 pack 5
Weight 5.2kg 947-3232/50 standard 320mm x 320mm £89.00 pack 50
Dimensions 465mmL x 195mm W x 245mm H 947-5040/5 glass 500mm x 400mm £10.95 pack 5
561-4300 2 pack spare Filter Cartridge £20.95 947-5040/50 glass 500mm x 400mm £89.00 pack 50

134 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Museum Vac® II

II Wet & Dry Vacuum


Multi-purpose vacuum for professionals. Compact, easy-to
use and lightweight with powerful technology in a modern
design. This vacuum is the quietest vacuum we have found,
just 62 dB(A) at 1 metre (quieter than a typewriter). The dif-
ference in this vacuum cleaner becomes obvious once you try
it. Exceptional airflow and vacuum power using the cyclone
principle for more effective suction. The filter is washable
tear-resistant made of PE fibre fabric.
Comes with accessories universal nozzle, 2 peice extension tubes
and combination floor nozzle.

Product Code: 561-440 £128.50


Power Supply 230 Volt/1500w
Noise Level/DIN 62 db(A)
Container Volume 18 litre
Vacuum 160 mbar
Air Flow 3600 litre/min
Weight 5.6Kg
Dimensions 367 x 350 x 455mm

Product Code Description Price 5pk


561-61156 Dust bags for 561-4512 £9.95

www.preservationequipment.com

Mini Fittings
L A
K M A. Mini Adapter Kit.
B. Fan Shaped Fitting -
shown fitted to
mini adapter.
C. Small Brush -
J H G C shown fitted to
B mini adapter.

F
E

Brushes

Pic. Museum Vac ® Accessories Price


A. 875-UV-2/1 Mini Adapter Kit fits all models £11.95
A. 875-0021 Spare Brushes fits mini adapter kit £3.95
A. 875-0022 Spare Nozzles fits mini adapter kit £1.95
561-8099 Nylon Carry Bag fits 561-1997 model £11.95
561-8090 Shoulder Strap fits 561-1997 model £9.95
F. 561-8650 Crevice Tool Brush £3.95
E. 561-8610 Crevice Tool £4.25
B. 561-4958 Fan Shaped Fitting for Mini Adapter £14.95
II Picture/Stretcher Vacuum Kit M. 561-4956 Large Horse Hair Brush £13.95
Designed especially for painting conservators but no doubt H. 561-4955 Small White Horse Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pair
other uses will be found for this handy kit. Ideal as an L. 561-4954 Large White Goat Hair Brush £13.95
accessory for the Museum Vac® and will fit other vacuum J. 561-4953 Small Pig Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pair
cleaners. The one metre long tube can be washed, as can the
G. 561-4952 Small White Goat Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pair
fittings to remove any infestations such as mildew spores. The
K. 561-4241 Large Brush & Textile Combination Attachment £5.60
thin flexible spatula end is designed to reach into narrow slots
561-4251 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1997 £19.95 pack 10
to disturb dust and dirt which can then be vacuumed, the flat
561-4150 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1990 £21.95 pack 10
end can be extended with card to reach further. The fan fitting
561-4149 Filter Bags for 561-1982 £8.95 pack 10
is for vacuuming on the frame edges, it is also useful in other
conservation cleaning methods. A full range of spares is available for each model of Museum Vac® All models are CE approved and are
made in Great Britain. On the shelf spares, we are not dependent on overseas suppliers.
Product Code: 561-4960 £21.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 www.preservationequipment.com 135


II Storage Bags

II Cotton Bags
PEL drawstring calico bags are soft to give delicate fragments protection. The 100% cotton bags are sturdy (not the flimsy
see-through type) with strong cotton pull strings to seal the contents. Can be washed but should not be tumble dried.
Used for seeds, specimens, jewellery, fragments and various items found in museums.
As with all our bags, special sizes are available, a minimum of 250 bags will apply. Contact customer services.
Price per pack 100 bags.

Product Code Size Price


428-0023 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) £21.95
428-0045 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) £22.95
428-0057 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) £23.95
428-0810 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm) £27.95

II Tyvek Bags
Tyvek has proven to be a suitable material for many conservation and preservation requirements. This protective material has
high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick surface is a further
barrier and prevents snagging with fragile specimens. Used as geological bags and archaeological bags because they can be
used outside since the wet will not effect them.
The Tyvek Bags are frequently used for field specimens, the convenient sown in label allows notes of the contents. The pull string
closure enables the contents to be sealed inside the bag.
All sizes are kept in stock, for special sizes, minimums of 250 bags per size would apply. We can print your desired
wording on the label, contact customer services.
Price per package of 100 bags.

Product Code Size Price Plain Product Code With Label


613-7023 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) £20.95 613-7023L £22.95
613-7045 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) £28.95 613-7045L £30.95
613-7057 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) £35.95 613-7057L £37.95
613-7010 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm) £53.95 613-7810L £55.95

II Padded Storage Bags


Padded archival storage bags are used to protect wax seals
and have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These
conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gem
stones, delicate fragments and items that require archival
quality protection. The bags are made from inert acid
free materials and have soft padding making them a truly
conservation quality storage bag.
II Map & Banner Bags Product Code size Price
A range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tape 428-0036 36” (914mm) £4.70 Product Code Size (mm) Pack Qty Price
pull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protect 428-0042 42” (1067mm) £4.95 428-7107 70 x 70 50 £46.20
rolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed but 428-0048 48” (1219mm) £5.10 428-7110 100 x 100 50 £54.00
should not be tumble dried. 428-0062 62” (1575mm) £5.40 428-7113 110 x 130 50 £58.20
Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm. 428-0072 72” (1829mm) £5.70 428-7114 140 x 100 25 £32.40
428-0084 84” (2134mm) £6.25 428-7116 140 x 160 25 £34.20
428-0096 96” (2438mm) £7.95 428-7120 200 x 240 25 £48.00

136 www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400


Hot Air Pencil Steamers II

II 891-J4

II 891-J2

II Derotor Steam Cleaner II Jiffy Steamers


Steam, heat and pressure provide the means for immediate removal of particles from a given surface, cleaning it thoroughly. Used by textile, paintings, and paper conservators for various
Conservators find these units useful for various work in stone, sculpture, archaeological, wall paper and no doubt other areas of applications.
conservation. The Derotor steam cleaners incorporate various safety features such as low voltage controls, thermostatic cut out J2 Standard Steamer features a clear plastic, shatterproof
should the water level become too low, a pressure release valve, water level indicator and rugged construction with stainless steel water bottle. Unique heating element produces steam in a few
main tank and pipes. Deionised water is recommended to prolong boiler life. The steamers have a mains electrical supply and seconds and is especially designed to control “spitting”.
tank size of either 3 or 5 litres depending on the model. Water content of the vapour is controllable by a separate valve.
J4 Heavy Duty Steamer has dual thermostats for steam after
Please Note: PEL supplies both models with extra long hose 1.75m long. This allows the unit to stand on the floor and the
preheating and built-in-stainless steel boiler tank. This model
operator can then work standing up and reach much higher.
is designed for more steam and longer life, includes water
Product Code: 891-75GV £633.00 891-75GV6 £718.00
level indicator.
Power Supply 220/240 volt & 1400 watts 220/240 volt & 1400 watts
Product Code: 891-J2 £323.20
Steam Pressure 3-4 bar 4-5 bar
Weight 7kg
Hose Length 1.75 metre 1.75 metre
Product Code: 891-J4 £512.75
Max Temperature 130ºC 130ºC
Weight 11kg
Tank Size 3 litres 5 litres
Voltage 220/240 110 volts
Warm up time 20 minutes 20 minutes
Power Supply 1500 watts
Dimensions 320 x 180 x 300mm 370 x 220 x 310mm
Weight 8kg 13kg
Product Code: 891-75GV-110 £752.30 891-75GV6-110 £842.90 II Conservation Tool (not shown)
Power Supply 110 volt 110 volt Hand tool with 1.67 metre hose for single jet application.